WO2011110277A1 - Fibers in therapy and cosmetics - Google Patents

Fibers in therapy and cosmetics Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011110277A1
WO2011110277A1 PCT/EP2011/000707 EP2011000707W WO2011110277A1 WO 2011110277 A1 WO2011110277 A1 WO 2011110277A1 EP 2011000707 W EP2011000707 W EP 2011000707W WO 2011110277 A1 WO2011110277 A1 WO 2011110277A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
materials
fiber
treatment
light emitting
skin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2011/000707
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Junyou Pan
Herwig Buchholz
Ewald M. Aydt
Original Assignee
Merck Patent Gmbh
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck Patent Gmbh filed Critical Merck Patent Gmbh
Priority to JP2012556400A priority Critical patent/JP6246468B2/en
Priority to KR1020127026665A priority patent/KR20130020883A/en
Priority to EP11704723A priority patent/EP2544765A1/en
Priority to US13/634,101 priority patent/US9539438B2/en
Publication of WO2011110277A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011110277A1/en
Priority to US15/389,655 priority patent/US20170100607A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/0616Skin treatment other than tanning
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0059Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons using light, e.g. diagnosis by transillumination, diascopy, fluorescence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/44Detecting, measuring or recording for evaluating the integumentary system, e.g. skin, hair or nails
    • A61B5/441Skin evaluation, e.g. for skin disorder diagnosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/0618Psychological treatment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/062Photodynamic therapy, i.e. excitation of an agent
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/0621Hyperbilirubinemia, jaundice treatment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N5/0613Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
    • A61N5/0624Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment for eliminating microbes, germs, bacteria on or in the body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/15Hole transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/16Electron transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/17Carrier injection layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/17Carrier injection layers
    • H10K50/171Electron injection layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/18Carrier blocking layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/182OLED comprising a fiber structure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • H10K85/113Heteroaromatic compounds comprising sulfur or selene, e.g. polythiophene
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • H10K85/115Polyfluorene; Derivatives thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/151Copolymers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/063Radiation therapy using light comprising light transmitting means, e.g. optical fibres
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/0635Radiation therapy using light characterised by the body area to be irradiated
    • A61N2005/0643Applicators, probes irradiating specific body areas in close proximity
    • A61N2005/0645Applicators worn by the patient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/065Light sources therefor
    • A61N2005/0651Diodes
    • A61N2005/0653Organic light emitting diodes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61NELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N5/00Radiation therapy
    • A61N5/06Radiation therapy using light
    • A61N2005/0658Radiation therapy using light characterised by the wavelength of light used
    • A61N2005/0662Visible light
    • A61N2005/0663Coloured light
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/30Highest occupied molecular orbital [HOMO], lowest unoccupied molecular orbital [LUMO] or Fermi energy values
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/40Interrelation of parameters between multiple constituent active layers or sublayers, e.g. HOMO values in adjacent layers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E10/00Energy generation through renewable energy sources
    • Y02E10/50Photovoltaic [PV] energy
    • Y02E10/549Organic PV cells
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49826Assembling or joining

Definitions

  • the present invention relates inter alia to compounds, compositions and fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of therapeutic diseases and/or cosmetic conditions.
  • Phototherapy also called light therapy
  • the therapy using light is already being used to treat wounds, injuries, neck pain, osteoarthritis, the side effects of chemotherapy and radiotherapy, for instance.
  • Some conditions or diseases may have an emphasis on cosmetic components, even if therapeutic elements may also play a role. Some of these are selected from anti-ageing, anti-wrinkle, the prevention and/or therapy of acne and vitiligo.
  • cytochrome c oxidase an enzyme which is responsible for the production of the essential cellular energy in the form of adenosine triphosphate (ATP).
  • ATP is required for cellular energy transfer in order to drive thermodynamically unfavoured biochemical reactions and as cellular energy storage.
  • ATP can also act as signal molecule in order to modulate other biochemical molecules (e.g. reactive oxygen species and nitric oxide) that lead to ageing and cell death (oxidative stress).
  • the cells show an increased metabolism, they communicate better and they survive stressful conditions in a better way.
  • This principle can be applied for many medicinal therapeutic and cosmetic applications, such as wound healing, connective tissue repair, tissue repair, prevention of tissue death, relief of inflammation, pain, acute injuries, chronic diseases, metabolic disorders, neurogenic pain and seasonal effect disorders.
  • PDT photodynamic therapy
  • a light-sensitive therapeutic agent known as a photopharmaceutical is supplied externally or internally to an area of the body which is to be treated. That area is then exposed to light of a suitable frequency and intensity to activate the photopharmaceutical.
  • photopharmaceutical agents are currently available. For example there are topical agents such as 5-aminolevulinic acid hydrochloride (Crawford Pharmaceuticals), methylaminolevulinic acid (Metfix®, Photocure).
  • injectable drugs used primarily for internal malignancies, including Photofin® (from Axcan) and Foscan® (from Biolitech Ltd). Often, the drug is applied in a non-active form that is metabolised to a light-sensitive photopharmaceutical.
  • the primary technique for supplying light to the photopharmaceutical is to project light of a suitable wavelength from standalone light sources such as lasers or filtered arc lamps. These sources are cumbersome and expensive, and are therefore only suitable for use in hospitals. This leads to inconvenience for the patient, and high cost for the treatment. High light irradiances are needed in order to treat an acceptable number of patients per day (for the treatment to be cost effective) and to avoid unduly inconveniencing the patient.
  • WO 98/46130 and US 6096066 disclose arrays of LEDs for use in photodynamic therapy.
  • the small LED sources taught therein result in uneven light incident on the patient. Fabrication of arrays is complicated because of the large number of connections required.
  • the devices shown therein are designed for hospital treatment.
  • GB 2360461 discloses a flexible garment which uses a conventional photo- dynamic therapy light source to produce light which is then transmitted through optical fibres. As such light sources are heavy, the device is not ambulatory and is limited to hospital use. US 5698866 discloses a light source using over-driven inorganic LEDs. The resulting light output is not even. A heat-sinking mechanism is required, and the device is suitable only for hospital treatment.
  • WO 93/21842 discloses light sources using inorganic LEDs. Although transportable, the device is not suitable for ambulatory use by a patient at home and clinical treatment is envisaged.
  • Organic light emitting diodes have many advantages over their inorganic counterpart (light emitting diodes - LEDs) in that they are intrinsically flexible, and can be coated on large area by, for example, printing technologies, such as ink jet printing and screen printing. Furthermore they allow more homogenous irradiation as compared to LEDs.
  • a flexible medical light source such as an OLED comprising flexible light emitting diodes on a flexible substrate and resulting diagnostic devices directed to monitor blood characteristics (e.g. levels of CO, oxygen, or bilirubin) and photo-therapeutic devices for the treatment of ailments.
  • Vogle Klaus and Kallert Heiko disclosed in EP 018180773 a device for the treatment of skin.
  • the device comprises an potentially flexible organic light emitting diode (OLED) as light source.
  • OLED organic light emitting diode
  • the device can be integrated in clothes or plaster.
  • Attili et al. published a clinical open pilot study of ambulatory photodynamic therapy (PDT) using a wearable low-irradiance OLEDs in the treatment of nonmelanoma skin cancer, suggesting that OLED-PDT is less painful than conventional PDT with the added advantage of being lightweight, and therefore has the potential for more convenient PDT at home.
  • EP 1444008 discloses devices comprising OLEDs for the treatment of photodynamic therapy.
  • state-of-the-art OLEDs use active metals, such as Ba and Ca, as cathode, and therefore they require excellent encapsulation to ensure an acceptable lifetime related to both storage and operation.
  • active metals such as Ba and Ca
  • appropriate encapsulation is even more critical, because defects in even small areas will lead to a total failure of the whole device.
  • therapeutic and/or cosmetic application lifetime required for the devices is in general much shorter as compared to lifetimes needed for display application. Therefore, it is highly desired to find a device based on OLEDs, which can be easily produced and is flexible and more or less insensitive to local damages.
  • Chemiluminescent fiber light sources are also known. These devices emit light when they are twisted to combine two chemicals contained in the fiber. The chemical reaction between the chemicals produces light while the chemical reaction proceeds for a few hours. However, these prior art chemiluminescent fiber light sources lack sufficient brightness, and are unable to achieve sufficient requirements for the medical or cosmetic use. [ OLED fibers have been described recently in US 6538375 B1 ,
  • OLED fibers can be used to overcome the problems of the prior art.
  • OLED fibers can be employed in devices for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and cosmetic conditions.
  • the fibers facilitate the preparation of flexible and preferably plastic or ductile devices for the treatment of a subject.
  • the wavelengths can be tailored easily and a homogenous irradiation of a subject is possible.
  • the intensity and wavelength(s) of light required for a specific treatment can be tailored by multiple factors. Intensity can, e.g., adjusted by the number of fibers used (i.e. the density of fibers), the way these fibers are processed or woven, and the voltage applied.
  • the wavelength can also be adjusted easily as outlined elsewhere within the present invention.
  • One fiber can comprise multiple emitter with peaks of emission at different wavelengths.
  • the fiber can also comprise different segments comprising emitter materials with different emission peaks.
  • the use of devices comprising OLED fibers offer new ways to treat many diseases or conditions with a high medical and cosmetic need.
  • the present invention relates to the use of a functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
  • EM emissive materials
  • HTM hole transport materials
  • HBM hole blocking materials
  • EIM electron injection materials
  • ETM electron transport materials
  • EBM electron blocking materials
  • EBM exciton blocking materials
  • metal complexes phosphor materials
  • the term functional material refers to an organic functional material.
  • the term also refers to organic conductors,
  • organic fluorescent compounds organic fluorescent compounds
  • organic phosphorescent compounds organo-metallic complexes of transition metals, rare earths, lanthanides and actinides.
  • emissive materials preferably refers to electroluminescent emitter materials as outlined elsewhere within the present invention.
  • the functional material and particularly the organic functional material may be selected from the group of small molecules, polymers, oligomers, or dendrimers, blends or mixtures thereof.
  • small molecule as used herein is defined as molecule not being a polymer, oligomer, dendrimer, or a blend. In particular, repeating structures are absent in small molecules.
  • the molecular weight of small molecules is typically in the range of polymers with a low number of repeating units, oligomers or less.
  • the molecular weight of the small molecule is preferably below 4000 g/mol, particularly preferably below 3000 g/mol, and very particularly preferably below 2000 /mol.
  • the polymers of the present invention preferably have 10 to 10000, particularly preferably 20 to 5000 and very particularly preferably 50 to 2000 repeat units.
  • Oligomers according to this invention have preferably 2 to 9 repeat units.
  • the branching index of the polymers and oligomers is between 0 (linear polymer without branching) and 1 (completely branched
  • dendrimer as used herein is defined according to M. Fischer et al. in Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 1999, 38, 885).
  • the molecular weight (MW) of the polymers of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10000 to 2000000 g/mol, particularly preferably in the range of 100000 to 1500000 g/mol, and very particularly preferably in the range of 200000 to 1000000 g/mol.
  • the determination of MW can be performed according to standard techniques known to the person skilled in5 the art by employing gel permeation chromatography (GPC) with
  • polystyrene as internal standard, for instance.
  • a blend is a mixture comprising at least one polymeric dendrimeric, orQ oligomeric component.
  • Organic functional materials according to the present invention are often characterized by their molecular frontier orbitals, i.e. the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) (sometimes also referred to as valence band)5
  • HOMO highest occupied molecular orbital
  • XPS X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
  • UPS ultra- violet photoelectron spectroscopy
  • CV cyclovoltammetry
  • quantum chemical methods such as (time dependent)
  • DFT density functional theory
  • the HOMO/LUMO levels of a set of semiconductors are measured by CV with a reliable evaluation method and also calculated by the DFT of Gaussian 03W with the same correction functional, for example B3PW91 and the same basis set, for example 6-31 G(d). The calculated values are then calibrated according to the measured values. Such calibration factor is used for further calculation.
  • the comparison of the energy levels of this invention is set on a sound base.
  • the energy gaps or band gaps are obtained by the difference between HOMO and LUMO energy levels.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from hole injection materials (HIM).
  • HIM refers to a material or unit capable of facilitating holes (i.e. positive charges) injected from an anode into an organic layer.
  • a HIM has a HOMO level comparable to or higher than the work function of the anode, i.e. - 5.3 eV or higher.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from hole transport materials (HTM).
  • HTM is characterized in that it is a material or unit capable of transporting holes (i.e. positive charges) injected from a hole injecting material or an anode.
  • a HTM has usually high HOMO, typically higher than -5.4 eV. In many cases, HIM can functions also as HTM, depending on the adjacent layer.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from hole blocking materials (HBM).
  • HBM refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive layer or a hole transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the holes from flowing through. Usually it has a lower HOMO as compared to the HOMO level of the HTM in the adjacent layer. Hole- blocking layers are frequently inserted between the light-emitting layer and the electron-transport layer in OLEDs.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from electron injection materials (EIM).
  • EIM electron injection materials
  • An EIM refers to a material capable of facilitating electrons (i.e. negative charges) injected from cathode into an organic layer.
  • the EIM usually has a LUMO level comparable to or lower than the working function of cathode.
  • the EIM has a LUMO lower than -2.6 eV.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from electron transport materials (ETM).
  • ETM refers to a material capable of transporting electrons (i.e. negative charges) injected from an EIM or a cathode.
  • the ETM has usually a low LUMO, typically lower than -2.7 eV.
  • an EIM can serve as ETM as well, depending on the adjacent layer.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from electron blocking materials (EBM).
  • EBM refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive or electron transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the electron from flowing through. Usually it has a higher LUMO as compared to the LUMO of the ETM in the adjacent layer.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from exciton blocking materials (ExBM).
  • An ExBM refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the excitons from diffusing through. ExBM should have either a higher triplet level or singlet level as compared to the emissive layer or other adjacent layer.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from emitters.
  • emitter refers to a material which, upon receiving excitonic energy by any kind of energy transfers from other materials, or by forming an exciton either electrically or optically, undergoes radiative decay to emit light.
  • fluorescent emitter relates to materials or compounds which undergo a radiative transition from an excited singlet state to its ground.
  • phosphorescent emitter as used herein, relates to luminescent materials or compounds which comprise transition metals. This typically includes materials emitting light caused by spin forbidden transition(s), e.g., transitions from excited triplet states.
  • dopant as employed herein is also used for the term emitter or emitter material.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from host materials.
  • Host materials are usually used in combination with emitter and have, in general, larger energy gaps between the HOMO and the LUMO as compared to emitter materials.
  • host materials behave either as electron or hole transport material.
  • Host materials can also have both electron and hole transport properties. In case singlet transitions are predominantly
  • a maximal overlap between the absorption spectrum of the emitter with the photoluminescence spectrum of the host material is desirably. This ensures the energy transfer from the host material to the emitter.
  • Host material is also called matrix or matrix material, particularly if a host is meant which is used in combination with a phosphorescent emitter.
  • the polymer backbone acts as a host.
  • the organic functional materials can be selected from metal complexes. According to quantum mechanics the transition from excited states with high spin multiplicity, e.g. from excited triplet states, to ground state is forbidden.
  • suitable HIMs are phenylene- diamine derivatives (US 3615404), arylamine derivatives (US 3567450), amino-substituted chalcone derivatives (US 3526501), styrylanthracene derivatives (JP Showa 54 (1979) 110837), hydrazone derivatives
  • Arylamine dendrimers can also be used (JP Heisei 8 (1996) 193191), as can phthalocyanine derivatives, naphthalocyanine derivatives, or butadiene derivatives, are also suitable.
  • the HIM is selected from monomeric organic compound comprising amine, triarylamine, thiophene, carbazole, phthalocyanine, porphyrine and their derivatives.
  • N.N'-bisiN.N'-diphenyW-aminopheny -N.N-diphenyM ⁇ - diamino-1 ,1'-biphenyl (TPD 232) and 4,4',4"-tris[3-methylphenyl)- phenylamino]-triphenylamine (MTDATA) (JP Heisei 4 (1992) 308688) or phthalocyanine derivatives (for example H2Pc, CuPc, CoPc, NiPc, ZnPc, PdPc, FePc, MnPc, CIAIPc, CIGaPc, CllnPc, CISnPc, CI2SiPc, (HO)AIPc, (HO)GaPc, VOPc, TiOPc, MoOPc, GaPc-O-GaPc).
  • MTDATA 4,4',4"-tris[3-methylphenyl)- phenylamino]-tripheny
  • triarylamine compounds of the Formulae 1 TPD 232
  • 2, 3, and 4 which may also be substituted, and further compounds as disclosed in US 7399537 B2, US 2006/0061265 A1 , EP 1661888 A1 , and JP 08292586 A.
  • HTM is preferably selected from amines, triarylamines, thiophenes, carbazoles, phthalocyanines, porphyrines, isomers and derivatives thereof.
  • HTM is particularly preferably selected from amines, triarylamines, thiophenes, carbazoles, phthalocyanines, and porphyrines.
  • a layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 HTMs.
  • Suitable materials for hole-transporting layers are phenylenediamine derivatives (US 3615404), arylamine derivatives (US 3567450), amino- substituted chalcone derivatives (US 3526501), styrylanthracene derivatives (JP A 56-46234), polycyclic aromatic compounds (EP 1009041),
  • polyarylalkane derivatives (US 3615402), fluorenone derivatives (JP A 54- 110837), hydrazone derivatives (US 3717462), stilbene derivatives (JP A 61-210363), silazane derivatives (US 4950950), polysilanes (JP A 2- 204996), aniline copolymers (JP A 2-282263), thiophene oligomers, polythiophenes, PVK, polypyrroles, polyanilines and further copolymers, porphyrin compounds (JP A 63-2956965), aromatic dimethylidene-type compounds, carbazole compounds, such as, for example, CDBP, CBP, mCP, aromatic tertiary amine and styrylamine compounds (US 4127412), and monomeric triarylamines (US 3180730).
  • aromatic tertiary amines containing at least two tertiary amine units such as, for example, 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (NPD) (US 5061569) or MTDATA (JP A 4-308688), N > N,N',N'-tetra(4-biphenyl)diaminobiphenylene (TBDB), 1 ,1-bis(4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl)cyclohexane (TAPC), 1 ,1-bis(4-di- p-tolylaminophenyl)-3-phenylpropane (TAPPP), 1 ,4-bis[2-[4-[N,N-di(p- tolyl)amino]phenyl]
  • HBM any HBM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention.
  • suitable hole-blocking materials are metal complexes
  • Phenanthroline derivatives such as, for example, BCP, or phthalimides, such as, for example, TMPP, are likewise employed.
  • hole-blocking materials are described in WO 00/70655 A2, WO 01/41512 and WO 01/93642 A1.
  • EIMs which comprises at least one organic compound selected from metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline, heterocyclic organic compounds, fluorenones, fluorenylidene methane, perylenetetracarboxylic acid, anthraquinone dimethanes, diphenoquinones, anthrones, anthraquinonediethylene-diamines, isomers and derivates thereof can be used according to the invention.
  • Metal complexes of 8 hydroxyquinoline such as, for example, Alq 3 and Gaq3, can be used as EIM for electron-injection layers.
  • a reducing doping with alkali metals or alkaline-earth metals, such as, for example, Li, Cs, Ca or Mg, at the interface to the cathode is advantageous. Preference is given to combinations which include Cs, for example Cs and Na, Cs and K, Cs and Rb or Cs, Na and K.
  • Heterocyclic organic compounds such as, for example, 1 ,10- phenanthroline derivatives, benzimidazoles, thiopyran dioxides, oxazoles, triazoles, imidazoles or oxadiazoles, are likewise suitable.
  • suitable five-membered rings containing nitrogen are oxazoles, thiazoles, oxadiazoles, thiadiazoles, triazoles, and compounds which are disclosed in US 2008/0102311 A1.
  • Preferred EIMs are selected from compounds with the Formulae 11 to 13, which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Organic compounds such as fluorenones, fluorenylidene methane, perylenetetracarboxylic acid, anthraquinone dimethanes, diphenoquinones, anthrones and anthraquinonediethylenediamines, can also be employed, for example
  • ETM any ETM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention.
  • suitable ETM is selected from the group consisting of imidazoles, pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazines, pyrazines, oxadiazoles, chinolines, chinoxalines, anthracenes, benzanthracenes, pyrenes, perylenes, benz- imidazoles, triazines, ketones, phosphinoxides, phenazines, phenan- throlines, triarylboranes, isomers and derivatives thereof.
  • ETMs are selected from imidazoles, pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazines, pyrazines, oxadiazoles, chinolines, chinoxalines, anthracenes, benzanthracenes, pyrenes, perylenes, benzimidazoles, triazines, ketones, phosphinoxides, phenazines, phenanthrolines, and triarylboranes.
  • the layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention preferably comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 ETMs.
  • ETMs for electron-transporting layers are metal chelates of 8 hydroxyquinoline (for example Liq, Alq 3 , Gaq 3 , Mgq 2 , Znq 2 , lnq 3 , Zrq 4 ), Balq, 4 azaphenanthrene-5-ol/Be complexes (US 5529853 A; e.g.
  • benzazoles such as, for example, 1 ,3,5-tris(2-N- phenylbenzimidazolyl)benzene (TPBI) (US 5766779, Formula 17), 1 ,3,5- triazines, pyrenes, anthracenes, tetracenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes, dendrimers, tetracenes, for example rubrene derivatives, 1 ,10- phenanthroline derivatives (JP 2003/115387, JP 2004/311184,
  • phenanthrolines for example BCP and Bphen, also a number of phenanthrolines bonded via biphenyl or other aromatic groups (US 2007/0252517 A1) or phenanthrolines bonded to anthracene (US 2007/0122656 A1 , e.g. Formulae 18 and 19), 1 ,3,4-oxadiazoles, for example Formula 20, triazoles, for example Formula 21 , triarylboranes, for example also with Si (e.g. Formula 48), benzimidazole derivatives and other N heterocyclic compounds (cf. US 2007/0273272 A1), silacyclopentadiene derivatives, borane derivatives, Ga oxinoid complexes.
  • anthracene-benzimidazole derivatives such as, for example, the compounds of Formulae 22 to 24, and as disclosed in, e.g., US 6878469 B2, US 2006/147747 A, and EP 1551206 A1.
  • any EBM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention.
  • transition-metal complexes such as, for example, lr(ppz) 3
  • the EBM is further selected from amines, triarylamines, carbazoles, indolocarbazoles and their derivatives. It is known to a person skilled in the art that the selection of ExBMs suitable for the use according to the present invention depends on the energy gap of the adjacent layer. Suitable ExBMs are supposed to have a bigger energy gap, either singlet or triplet than the functional material in the adjacent layer which is preferably an emissive layer. Further to ExBMs mentioned elsewhere herein, substituted triarylamines, such as, for example, MTDATA or 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (TDATA), can be used as ExBM for electron-blocking layers. Substituted triarylamines are described, for example, in US 2007/0134514 A1.
  • N-substituted carbazole compounds such as, for example, TCTA, or heterocycles, such as, for example, BCP, are also suitable.
  • Metal complexes such as, for example, lr(ppz) 3 or Alq 3 , can likewise be used for this purpose.
  • any host material known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention.
  • host materials can be separated into two categories, hosts for fluorescent emitter and hosts for phosphorescent emitter, whereby the latter is often referred to as matrix or matrix material.
  • phenanthrenes phenanthrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, imidazole, ketones, carbazoles, triarylamines, and derivatives thereof.
  • host materials selected from anthracenes, benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes,
  • a layer of an OLED or a composition according to the present invention may also comprise more than one host material, preferably it comprises 3 host materials, particularly preferably it comprises 2 host materials, and very particularly preferably one host material. If a layer of an OLED or a composition according to the present invention comprises at least two host materials, the host materials are also referred to as co-host or co-host materials.
  • Preferred host materials suitable for fluorescent emitter are selected from anthracenes, benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes,
  • Preferred host materials suitable for fluorescent emitter are selected from anthracenes, benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes,
  • Particularly preferred host materials for fluorescent emitter are selected from the classes of the oligoarylenes (for example 2,2',7,7'- tetraphenylspirobifluorene in accordance with EP 676461 or
  • oligoarylenes containing condensed aromatic groups such as, for example, phenanthrene, tetracene, coronene, chrysene, fluorene, spirofluorene, perylene, phthaloperylene,
  • oligoarylenevinylenes for example 4,4'-bis(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-1 ,1'-biphenyl (DPVBi) or 4,4-bis-2,2- diphenylvinyl-1 ,1-spirobiphenyl (spiro-DPVBi) in accordance with
  • hydroxyquinoline for example aluminium(lll) tris(8-hydroxyquinoline) (aluminium quinolate, Alq 3 ) or bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinolato)-4- (phenylphenolinolato)aluminium, also with imidazole chelate (US 2007/0092753 A1) and quinoline-metal complexes, aminoquinoline- metal complexes, benzoquinoline-metal complexes, the hole-conducting compounds (for example in accordance with WO 2004/058911), the electron-conducting compounds, in particular ketones, phosphine oxides, sulfoxides, etc.
  • imidazole chelate US 2007/0092753 A1
  • quinoline-metal complexes aminoquinoline- metal complexes
  • benzoquinoline-metal complexes for example in accordance with WO 2004/058911
  • the electron-conducting compounds in particular ketones, phosphine oxides, sul
  • Particularly preferred host materials are selected from the classes of the oligoarylenes, containing naphthalene, anthracene, benzanthracene and/or pyrene, or atropisomers of these compounds, the ketones, the phosphine oxides and the sulfoxides.
  • Very particularly preferred host materials are selected from the classes of the oligoarylenes, containing anthracene, benzanthracene and/or pyrene, or atropisomers of these compounds.
  • an oligoarylene is intended to be taken to mean a compound in which at least three aryl or arylene groups are bonded to one another.
  • the group Ar 5 it is particularly preferred in the host materials of the Formula 25 for the group Ar 5 to stand for anthracene, which may be substituted by one or more radicals R 1 , and for the groups Ar 4 and Ar 6 to be bonded in the 9 and 10- positions.
  • at least one of the groups Ar 4 and/or Ar 6 is a condensed aryl group selected from 1- or 2-naphthyl, 2-, 3- or 9- phenanthrenyl or 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-benzanthracenyl, each of which may be substituted by one or more radicals R 1 .
  • Anthracene-based compounds are described in US 2007/0092753 A1 and US 2007/0252517 A1 , for example 2-(4-methylphenyl)-9, 10-di-(2-naphthyl)anthracene, 9-(2-naphthyl)- 10-(1 ,1'-biphenyl)anthracene and 9,10-bis[4-(2,2- diphenylethenyl)phenyl]anthracene, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9,10- bis(phenylethynyl)anthracene and 1 ,4-bis(9'-ethynylanthracenyl)benzene.
  • Further preferred host materials are derivatives of arylamine, styrylamine, fluorescein, perynone, phthaloperynone, naphthaloperynone,
  • Preferred compounds with oligoarylene as hosts for fluorescent emitter are compounds as disclosed in, e.g., US 2003/0027016 A1 , US 7326371 B2, US 2006/043858 A, US 7326371 B2, US 2003/0027016 A1 ,
  • Particularly preferred oligoarylene-based compounds are compounds having the Formulae 26 to 32.
  • spirobifluorene and derivates thereof for example Spiro-DPVBi as disclosed in EP 0676461 and indenofluorene as disclosed in US 6562485.
  • the preferred host materials for phosphorescent emitter i.e. matrix materials, are selected from ketones, carbazoles, indolocarbazoles, triarylamines, indenofluorenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes, phenathrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, imidazoles and their derivatives. Some preferred derivatives are described below in more details.
  • a phosphorescent emitter e.g. as electroluminescent component in organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs)
  • the host material must fulfil rather different characteristics as compared to host materials used for fluorescent emitter.
  • the host materials used for phosphorescent emitter are required to have a triplet level which is higher in energy as compared to the triplet level of the emitter.
  • the host material can either transport electrons or holes or both of them.
  • the emitter is supposed to have large spin-orbital coupling constants in order to facilitate singlet-triplet mixing sufficiently. This can be enabled by using metal complexes.
  • Preferred matrix materials are ⁇ , ⁇ -biscarbazolylbiphenyl (CBP), carbazole derivatives (for example in accordance with WO 2005/039246, US 2005/0069729, JP 2004/288381 , EP 1205527 or DE 102007002714), azacarbazoles (for example in accordance with EP 1617710, EP 1617711 , EP 1731584, JP 2005/347160), ketones (for example in accordance with WO 2004/093207), phosphine oxides, sulfoxides and sulfones (for example in accordance with WO 2005/003253), oligophenylenes, aromatic amines (for example in accordance with US 2005/0069729), bipolar matrix materials (for example in accordance with WO 2007/137725), silanes (for example in accordance with WO 2005/111172), 9,9-diarylfluorene derivatives (e.g.
  • CBP ⁇ , ⁇ -biscar
  • azaboroles or boronic esters for example in accordance with WO 2006/117052
  • triazole derivatives for example in accordance with WO 2006/117052
  • oxazoles and oxazole derivatives imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives, pyrazolone derivatives, distyrylpyrazine derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives,
  • phenylenediamine derivatives tertiary aromatic amines, styrylamines, indoles, anthrone derivatives, fluorenone derivatives,
  • fluorenylidenemethane derivatives hydrazone derivatives, silazane derivatives, aromatic dimethylidene compounds, porphyrin compounds, carbodiimide derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, phthalocyanine derivatives, metal complexes of 8 hydroxyquinoline derivatives, such as, for example, Alq 3
  • the 8 hydroxyquinoline complexes may also contain triarylaminophenol ligands (US 2007/0134514 A1), various metal complex- polysilane compounds with metal phthalocyanine, benzoxazole or benzothiazole as ligand, hole-conducting polymers, such as, for example, poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (PVK), aniline copolymers, thiophene oligomers, polythiophenes, polythiophene derivatives, polyphenylene derivatives, polyfluorene derivatives.
  • PVK poly(N-vinylcarbazole)
  • matrix materials are selected from compounds comprising indolocarbazoles and their derivatives (e.g. Formulae 33 to 39), as disclosed for examples in DE 102009023155.2, EP 0906947B1 ,
  • Preferred Si tetraaryl compounds are, for example, (US 2004/0209115, US 2004/0209116, US 2007/0087219 A1 , US 2007/0087219 A1) the compounds of the Formulae 45 to 50.
  • a particularly preferred matrix for phosphorescent dopants is the compound of Formula 51 (EP 652273 B1)
  • matrix materials for phosphorescent dopants are selected from compounds of the general Formula 52 (EP 1923448A1).
  • M is Zn
  • L is quinolinate
  • n is 2, 3 or 4.
  • Very particularly preferred are [Znq 2 ]2, [Znq 2 ] 3 , and [Znq 2 ] 4 .
  • co-hosts selected from metal oxinoid complexes whereby lithium quinolate (Liq) or Alq 3 are particularly preferred.
  • the emitter compound is required to have a smaller band gap as compared to the host compound.
  • smaller band gaps can be achieved by extending the ⁇ -electron system of conjugated molecular systems.
  • Emitter compounds tend, therefore, to have more extended conjugated ⁇ -electron systems than host molecules.
  • Many examples have been published, e.g. styrylamine derivatives as disclosed in JP 2913116B and WO 2001/021729 A1 , and indenofluorene derivatives as disclosed in WO 2008/006449 and WO 2007/140847.
  • the layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emitter materials. If more than one emitter material is used the emission spectrum of one emitter material overlaps with the absorption spectrum of the another emitter material in order to facilitate Forster energy transfer.
  • the composition according to the present invention comprises one or more emitter material, in the case of singlet emitter(s), in a concentration range between 0.1 wt% and 20 wt%, preferably between 0.5 wt% and 15 wt%, particularly preferably between 1 wt% and 10 wt%, and very particularly preferably between 1 wt% and 8 wt% with respect to the whole mass of the emissive layer; in the case of phosphorescent emitter(s), in a concentration range between 0.1 wt% and 30 wt%, preferably between 1 wt% and 20 wt%, particularly preferably between 5 wt% and 20 wt%, and very particularly preferably between 10 wt% and 20 wt% with respect to the whole mass of the emissive layer.
  • the device or a composition according to the present invention comprises two emitter materials.
  • both emitter materials are selected from phosphorescent emitter materials.
  • Particularly preferably both emitter materials are selected from fluorescent emitter materials.
  • Blue fluorescent emitters are preferably polyaromatic compounds, such as, for example, 9,10-di(2-naphthylanthracene) and other anthracene derivatives, derivatives of tetracene, xanthene, perylene, such as, for example, 2,5,8,11-tetra-t-butylperylene, phenylene, for example 4,4'-(bis(9- ethyl-3-carbazovinylene)-1 ,1'-biphenyl, fluorene, arylpyrenes
  • polyaromatic compounds such as, for example, 9,10-di(2-naphthylanthracene) and other anthracene derivatives, derivatives of tetracene, xanthene, perylene, such as, for example, 2,5,8,11-tetra-t-butylperylene, phenylene, for example 4,4'-(bis(9- ethyl-3
  • Preferred fluorescent dopants according to the present invention are selected from the class of the monostyrylamines, the distyrylamines, the tristyrylamines, the tetrastyrylamines, the styrylphosphines, the styryl ethers and the arylamines.
  • a monostyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains one substituted or unsubstituted styryl group and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine.
  • a distyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains two substituted or unsubstituted styryl groups and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine.
  • a tristyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains three substituted or unsubstituted styryl groups and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine.
  • a tetrastyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains four substituted or unsubstituted styryl groups and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine.
  • the styryl groups are particularly preferably stilbenes, which may also be further substituted.
  • the corresponding phosphines and ethers are defined analogously to the amines.
  • an arylamine or an aromatic amine is taken to mean a compound which contains three substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or heteroaromatic ring systems bonded directly to the nitrogen. At least one of these aromatic or heteroaromatic ring systems is preferably a condensed ring system, preferably having at least 14 aromatic ring atoms.
  • aromatic anthracene-amines are taken to mean a compound in which one diarylamino group is bonded directly to an anthracene group, preferably in the 9 position.
  • aromatic anthracene-diamine is taken to mean a compound in which two diarylamino groups are bonded directly to an anthracene group, preferably in the 9,10-position.
  • Aromatic pyrene- amines, pyrene-diamines, chrysene-amines and chrysene-diamines are defined analogously thereto, where the diarylamino groups on the pyrene are preferably bonded in the 1 position or in the 1 ,6-position.
  • fluorescent dopants are selected from indenofluorene- amines and indenofluorene-diamines, for example in accordance with WO 2006/122630, benzoindenofluorene-amines and benzoindenofluorene- diamines, for example in accordance with WO 2008/006449, and dibenzoindenofluorene-amines and dibenzoindenofluorene-diamines, for example in accordance with WO 2007/140847.
  • dopants from the class of the styrylamines are substituted or unsubstituted tristilbene-amines or the dopants described in
  • Particularly preferred styrylamine dopants and triarylamine dopants are the compounds of the Formulae 53 to 58 and as disclosed in US 7250532 B2, DE 102005058557 A1 , CN 1583691 A, JP 08053397 A, US 6251531 B1 , and US 2006/210830 A.
  • fluorescent dopants are selected from the group of triarylamines as disclosed in EP 1957606 Aland US 2008/0113101 A1.
  • fluorescent dopants are selected from derivatives of naphthalene, anthracene, tetracene, fluorene, periflanthene,
  • indenoperylene indenoperylene, phenanthrene, perylene (US 2007/0252517 A1), pyrene, chrysene, decacyclene, coronene, tetraphenylcyclopentadiene,
  • pentaphenylcyclopentadiene fluorene, spirofluorene, rubrene, coumarine (US 4769292, US 6020078, US 2007/0252517 A1), pyran, oxazone, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, pyrazine, cinnamic acid esters, diketopyrrolopyrrole, acridone and quinacridone (US 2007/0252517 A1).
  • 9,10- substituted anthracenes such as, for example, 9,10-diphenylanthracene and 9,10-bis(phenylethynyl)anthracene.
  • 1,4-Bis(9'- ethynylanthracenyl)benzene is also a preferred dopant.
  • Examples of phosphorescent emitters are revealed by the applications WO 00/70655, WO 01/41512, WO 02/02714, WO 02/15645, EP 1191613, EP 119161.2, EP 1191614 and WO 2005/033244. In general, all
  • the phosphorescent emitter may be a metal complex, preferably with the formula M(L) Z , wherein M is a metal atom, L is in each occurrence
  • z is an integer ⁇ 1 , preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, and wherein, optionally, these groups are linked to a polymer via one or more, preferably one, two or three positions, preferably via the ligands L.
  • M is in particular a metal atom selected from transition metals, preferably selected from transition metals of group VIII, or lanthanoides, or actinides, particularly preferably selected from.Rh, Os, Ir, Pt, Pd, Au, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Re, Cu, Zn, W, Mo, Pd, Ag, or Ru, and very particularly preferably selected from Os, Ir, Ru, Rh, Re, Pd, or Pt. M may also be Zn.
  • transition metals preferably selected from transition metals of group VIII, or lanthanoides, or actinides, particularly preferably selected from.Rh, Os, Ir, Pt, Pd, Au, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Re, Cu, Zn, W, Mo, Pd, Ag, or Ru, and very particularly preferably selected from Os, Ir, Ru, Rh, Re, Pd, or Pt.
  • M may also be Zn.
  • the layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention can also comprise at least one metal complex.
  • the layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention can also comprise at least one metal complex.
  • Preferred ligands are 2 phenylpyridine derivatives, 7,8-benzoquinoline derivatives, 2 (2-thienyl)pyridine derivatives, 2 (l-naphthyl)pyridine derivatives or 2 phenylquinoline derivatives. All these compounds may be substituted, for example by fluoro- or trifluoromethyl substituents for blue.
  • Auxiliary ligands are preferably acetylacetonate or picric acid.
  • Pt porphyrin complexes having an enlarged ring system (US 2009/0061681 A1) and Ir complexes are suitable, for example 2,3,7,8,12,13,17,18-octaethyl-21 H, 23H-porphyrin-Pt(ll), tetraphenyl-Pt(ll)- tetrabenzoporphyrin (US 2009/0061681 A1), cis-bis(2-phenylpyridinato- N,C2')Pt(ll), cis-bis(2-(2'-thienyl)pyridinato-N,C3')Pt(ll), cis-bis(2-(2'- thienyl)quinolinato-N
  • phenylpyridine-lr complexes such as, for example, iridium(lll) bis(2- phenylquinolyl-N,C2')acetylacetonate (PQIr), tris(2-phenylisoquinolinato- N.C)lr(lll) (red), bis(2-(2'-benzo[4,5-a]thienyl)pyridinato-N,C3)lr
  • a particularly preferred phosphorescent dopant is a compound with the Formula 60 and further compounds as disclosed, e.g., in US 2001/0053462 A1.
  • a particularly preferred phosphorescent dopant is a compound with the Formula 61 and further compounds as disclosed, e.g., in WO 2007/095118 A1
  • phosphorescent emitter selected from carbene triple emitter, particularly to carbine complexes comprising iridium as metal.
  • Preferred complexey are N-heterocyclic carbine (NHC) iridium complexes as disclosed in WO 2005/091373, WO 2005/113704, and in P. Erk et al., SID 2006,11 ,2, 131 , e.g. fac-lr(dpbic) 3 , lr(pmbic) 3) lr(pmic) 3 , lr(dpnic) 3 , lr(cn-pmic) 3 .
  • N-heterocyclic carbine (NHC) iridium complexes as disclosed in WO 2005/091373, WO 2005/113704, and in P. Erk et al., SID 2006,11 ,2, 131 , e.g. fac-lr(dpbic) 3 , lr(pmbic) 3) lr(pmic) 3
  • a suitable metal complex according to the present invention can be selected from transition metals, rare earth elements, lanthanides and actinides is also subject of this invention.
  • the metal is selected from Ir, Ru, Os, Eu, Au, Pt, Cu, Zn, Mo, W, Rh, Pd, or Ag.
  • the functional material according to the present invention may also be selected from small molecules, polymers, oligomers, dendrimers, and blends.
  • the functional polymer is characterized in that different functions may be incorporated into one large molecule or a blend of large molecules.
  • the functions are, inter alia, the ones of a hole injection material, hole transport material, electron blocking material, emissive material, hole blocking material, electron injection material, and electron transport material.
  • the functions which are incorporated into a polymer can be categorized into different groups. By choosing the desired functional groups and the ratio between them, the polymer can be tuned to have the desired function(s).
  • the difference between polymers, oligomers and dendrimers is due to the size, size distribution, and branching of the molecular entities as defined above.
  • Group 1 units which increase the hole-injection and/or transport properties of the polymers; It corresponds to the HI Ms or HTMs as described above.
  • Group 2 units which increase the electron-injection and/or transport
  • Group 3 units which have combinations of individual units from group 1 and group 2;
  • Group 4 units which modify the emission characteristics to such an extent that electrophosphorescence may be obtained instead of electrofluorescence; typically, it corresponds to the phosphorescent emitter, or more preferably emissive metal complexes as described above.
  • Group 5 units which improve the transition from the so called singlet state to higher spin states, e.g. to a triplet state;
  • Group 6 units which influence the morphology and/or emission colour of the resultant polymers
  • Group 7 units which are typically used as backbone and which may have electron transport function, hole transport function or both.
  • the said further organic functional material is a hole transport or injection polymer comprising units of groups 1 , which are preferably selected from units comprising the low molecular weight HTMs or HIMs as described above.
  • Further preferred units from group 1 are, for example, tharylamine, benzidine, tetraaryl-para-phenylenediamine, carbazole, azulene, thiophene, pyrrole and furan derivatives and further O, S or N containing heterocycles with a high HOMO.
  • These arylamines and heterocycles preferably result in an HOMO in the polymer of higher than 5.8 eV (against vacuum level), particularly preferably higher than 5.5 eV.
  • Preferred polymeric HTM or HIM is a polymer comprising at least one of following repeat unit according to Formulae 62.
  • Ar 1 which may be the same or different, denote, independently if in different repeat units, a single bond or an optionally substituted mononuclear or polynuclear aryl group,
  • Ar 2 which may be the same or different, denote, independently if in different repeat units, an optionally substituted mononuclear or polynuclear aryl group,
  • Ar 3 which may be the same or different, denote, independently if in different repeat units, an optionally substituted mononuclear or polynuclear aryl group, m is 1 , 2 or 3.
  • Particularly preferred units of Formula 62 are selected from the group consisting of the Formulae 63 to 65:
  • R which may be the same or different in each occurrence, is selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group, alkyl, cycloalkyl.alkoxy, aralkyi, aryloxy, arylthio, alkoxycarbonyl, silyl, carboxy group, a halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group or hydroxy group, r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and s is O, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • polymeric HTM or HIM is a polymer comprising at least one of following repeat unit according to Formulae 66.
  • T 1 and T 2 are independently of each other selected from thiophene, selenophene, thieno[2,3b]thiophene, thieno[3,2b]thiophene,
  • Ar 4 and Ar 5 are independently of each other mononuclear or polynuclear aryl or heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted and optionally fused to the 2,3-positions of one or both of the adjacent thiophene or selenophene groups, c and e are independently of each other 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4, with 1 ⁇ c + e ⁇ 6, d and f are independently of each other 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
  • polymeric HTMs are as disclosed in WO 2007131582 A1 and WO 2008/009343A1.
  • the said organic functional material is an electron transport or injection polymer comprising groups 2, which is preferably selected from groups comprising the low molecular weight ETMs or EIMs as described above.
  • Further preferred units from group 2, which have electron-injection or electron-transport properties are, for example, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, quinoline, quinoxaline and phenazine derivatives, but also triarylboranes and further O, S or N containing heterocycles having a low LUMO.
  • These units in the polymer preferably result in an LUMO of lower than -2.7 eV (against vacuum level), particularly preferably lower than -2.8 eV.
  • the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units from group 3 in which structures which increase the hole mobility and the electron mobility (i.e. units from groups 1 and 2) are bonded directly to one another. Some of these units may serve as emitters and shift the emission colour into the green, yellow or red. Their use is thus suitable, for example, for the production of other emission colours or a broad-band emission from originally blue-emitting polymers.
  • the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units of group 4, which is preferably selected from the groups comprising phosphorescent emitter, particularly emissive metal complexes as described above. Particular preference is given here to corresponding structural units which contain elements from groups 8 to 10 (Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt).
  • the said organic functional material is a polymeric triple matrix comprising units of group 5, which can improve the transition from the singlet state to the triplet state and which, employed in support of the structural elements from group 4, improve the phosphorescence properties of these structural elements.
  • Suitable for this purpose are, in particular, carbazole and bridged carbazole dimer units, as described in DE 10304819 A1 and DE 10328627 A1.
  • ketones, phosphine oxides, sulfoxides, sulfones, silane derivatives and similar compounds as described in DE 10349033 A1.
  • Further preferred structure units can be selected from groups comprising the low molecular weight phosphorescent matrices as described above.
  • the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units of group 6, which influence the morphology and/or emission colour of the polymers, are, besides those mentioned above, those which have at least one further aromatic or another conjugated structure which do not fall under the above-mentioned groups, i.e. which have only little effect on the charge-carrier mobilities, which are not organometallic complexes or which have no influence on the singlet-triplet transition.
  • Structural elements of this type may influence the morphology and/or emission colour of the resultant polymers. Depending on the unit, they can therefore also be employed as emitters.
  • the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units of group 7 which contain aromatic structures having 6 to 40 C atoms which are typically used as polymer backbone.
  • aromatic structures having 6 to 40 C atoms which are typically used as polymer backbone.
  • these are, for example, 4,5- dihydropyrene derivatives, 4,5,9, 10-tetrahydropyrene derivatives, fluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in US 5962631 , WO 2006/052457 A2 and WO 2006/118345A1 , 9,9'-spirobifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2003/020790 A1 , 9,10-phenanthrene derivatives as disclosed, for example, in WO 2005/104264 A1 , 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2005/014689 A2, 5,7- dihydrodibenzooxepine derivatives and cis- and trans-indenofluorene derivatives as disclosed for
  • WO 2006/052457 A2 and WO 2006/118345 A1 spiro-bifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2003/020790 A1 , benzofluorene, dibenzofluorene, benzothiophene, dibenzofluorene and their derivatives disclosed for example in WO 2005/056633A1 , EP 1344788A1 and
  • Very preferred structural elements of group 7 are those of Formula 67:
  • X is halogen
  • R° and R 00 are independently of each other H or an optionally substituted carbyl or hydrocarbyl group optionally comprising one or more hetero atoms
  • each g is independently 0 or 1 and each corresponding h in the same subunit is the other of 0 or 1
  • m is an integer > 1
  • Ar and Ar 2 are independently of each other mono- or polynuclear aryl or heteroraryl that is optionally substituted and optionally fused to the 7,8- positions or 8,9-positions of the indenofluorene group, a and b are independently of each other 0 or 1.
  • the groups R 1 and R 2 form a spiro group with the fluorene group to which they are attached, it is preferably spirobifluorene.
  • the groups of Formula 67 are preferably selected from the following Formulae 68 to 72:
  • Formula 72 wherein R is as defined in Formula 67, r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and R has one of the meanings of R 1 .
  • Particularly preferred groups of Formula 67 are selected from the following Formulae 73 to 76:
  • L is H, halogen or optionally fluorinated, linear or branched alkyl or alkoxy with 1 to 12 C atoms, and is preferably H, F, methyl, i-propyl, t-butyl, n- pentoxy, or trifluoromethyl, and
  • U is optionally fluorinated, linear or branched alkyl or alkoxy with 1 to 12 C atoms, and is preferably n-octyl or n-octyloxy.
  • polymers suitable for use in the invention which simultaneously comprise one or more units selected from groups 1 to 7. It may likewise be preferred for more than one structural unit from a group to be present simultaneously.
  • polymers suitable for use in the invention which, besides structural units of an emitter, also comprise at least one structural unit from the above-mentioned groups. At least two structural units are particularly preferably from different classes of those mentioned above.
  • the proportion of the different classes of groups 1 , 2, 5, 6, and 7, if present in the polymer is preferably in each case at least 5 mol%, particularly preferably in each case at least 10 mol%.
  • one of these structural units is selected from the group of hole-conducting or electron cocnducting units and the other group is an emitting unit, where these two functions (hole or electron conduction and emission) may also be taken on by the same unit.
  • a smaller proportion of the emitting units in particular green- and red-emitting units, may also be preferred, for example for the synthesis of white-emitting copolymers.
  • white-emitting copolymers The way in which white-emitting copolymers can be synthesised is described in detail in DE 10343606 A1.
  • the proportion of the different classes of groups 3 and 4, if present in the polymer is preferably in each case in the range from 0.01 to 20 mol%, particularly preferably in each case in the range from 1 to 15 mol%, and very particularly preferably in each case in the range from 1 to 10 mol%.
  • At least 2 non-aromatic C atoms it is preferred for on average at least 2 non-aromatic C atoms to be present in the substituents per recurring unit. Preference is given here to at least 4 and particularly preferably at least 8 C atoms. In addition, individual C atoms of these may be replaced by O or S. However, it is entirely possible for this to mean that a certain proportion of recurring units does not carry any further non-aromatic substituents.
  • the polymer used as organic functional material in the invention may be statistical or random copolymers, alternating or regioregular copolymers, block copolymers or combinations thereof.
  • the polymer is a conjugated polymer, wherein the functional groups as described above and bellow are integrated into the polymer main chain.
  • the polymer is a non-conjugated or partially-conjugated polymer.
  • the said polymer is a main-chain non-conjugated polymer, wherein the polymer comprises at least one non- conjugated spacer on main-chain.
  • Very particularly preferred non- conjugated or partially-conjugated polymers comprise a non-conjugated backbone unit or a unit interrupting the conjugation of backbone units.
  • main-chain non-conjugated polymers give also a high triplet level.
  • Preferred non-conjugated backbone units are selected from units
  • X and Y are idenpendently from each other selected from H, F, an alkyl group with 1 to 40 C-atoms, an alkyiene group having 2 to 40 C-atoms, an alkinyl group having 2 to 40 C-Atoms, an subtituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 40 C-atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group having 5 to 25 atoms.
  • non-conjugated backbone units are selected from a unit comprising fluorene, phenanthrene, dehydrophenanthrene, indenofluorene derivatives, as shown, for example, in the following Formulae 79 to 92 and as disclosed in DE 102009023154.4.
  • the said polymer is a side-chain non- conjugated polymer, which is especially important for phosphorescent OLEDs based on polymer.
  • phosphorescent polymer is obtained by means of radical copolymerization of vinyl compounds, and comprises at least one phosphorescent emitter and at least one charge transport unit on side chain, as disclosed in US 7250226 B2. Further examples for such phosphorescent polymer are disclosed for example in JP 2007/211243 A2, JP 2007/197574 A2, US 7250226B2,
  • the said polymer can also be a non-conjugated polymer for fluorescent OLEDs.
  • Preferred singlet non-conjugated polymers are, for example, side-chain polymers with antracenenes, benzanthrecenes and their derivates in the side-chain, as disclosed in JP 2005/ 08556, JP 2005/285661 , JP 2003/338375 etc..
  • the said polymers can also act as ETM or HTM, preferably the polymer is a non-conjugated polymer.
  • Inorganic compounds such as p type Si and p type SiC, and inorganic oxides, e.g., vanadium oxide (VO x ), molybdenum oxide (MoO x ) or nickel oxide (NiO x ) can also be used as HIM.
  • VO x vanadium oxide
  • MoO x molybdenum oxide
  • NiO x nickel oxide
  • Electron injection layers are often constructed from an insulator and semiconductor.
  • Preferred alkali metal chalcogenides for EILs are Li 2 0, LiO, Na 2 S, Na 2 Se, NaO, K 2 0, Cs 2 O.
  • Preferred alkaline-earth metal chalcogenides for EILs are CaO, BaO, SrO, BeO, BaS, CaSe.
  • Preferred halides of alkali metals for EILs are LiF, NaF, KF, CsF, LiCI, KCI, NaCI.
  • Preferred halides of alkaline-earth metals for EILs are CaF 2 , BaF 2 , SrF 2 , MgF 2 , BeF 2 .
  • alkali metal complexes alkaline-earth metal complexes, rare-earth metals (Sc, Y, Ce, Th, Yb), rare-earth metal complexes, rare-earth metal compounds (preferably YbF 3 , ScF 3 , TbF 3 ) or the like.
  • EILs The structure of EILs is described, for example, in US 5608287,
  • An electron-transport layer may consist of an intrinsic material or comprise a dopant.
  • Alq 3 (EP 278757 B1) and Liq (EP 0569827 A2) are examples of intrinsic layers.
  • an organic electroluminescent device may comprise at least one anode, at least one cathode and one or more substrates.
  • Preferred materials for the anode are metal oxides selected from, but not limited to, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (SnO), ZnO, InO, aluminium-zinc-oxide (AlZnO), and other metal oxides such as Al- and ln-zinc oxide doped with zinc oxide, magnesium-indium-oxide, and nickel-tungsten-oxide.
  • Metal nitrides such as galliumnitrides and metal selenides such as zinc-selenide and metal-sulfides such as zinc-sulfide can also be used.
  • Further materials that can be used for anodes are electrically conducting polymers, e.g. polythiophenes, polyanilines and polypyrroles.
  • the anode can be transparent, opaque, or reflective.
  • the anode can also adopt an intermediate state, e.g. both being partially reflective and partially transparent.
  • anode is not or only partially transparent further conducting materials can be used.
  • Preferred materials for non transparent or partially transparent anodes are selected from, but not limited to, Au, Ir, Mo, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Sn, C, Al, V, Fe, Co, Ni, W, and mixtures thereof.
  • the conducting materials can also be mixed with further conducting materials as described above, e.g. In- Cu.
  • the anode is preferably transparent and a particularly preferred material for the anode is ITO.
  • the anode comprises preferably a reflecting material. Further materials can be used for anodes, which are known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the cathode can be transparent, opaque, or reflective.
  • the cathode is selected from a metal or an alloy with a low work function. Preferably metals, alloys, or conducting compounds or materials with a work function of less than 4.0 eV are used.
  • cathodes are selected from, but not limited to, Ba, Ca, Sr, Yb, Ga, Cd, Si, Ta, Sb, Zn, Mg, Al, In, Li, Na, Cs, Ag, mixtures of two or more elements such as alloys comprising Mg/AI or Al/Li or Al/Sc/Li or Mg/Ag or metal oxides such as ITO or IZO.
  • Further preferred materials for cathodes, used to form a thin dielectric layer are selected from a metal which is mixed with LiF, Li 2 0, BaF 2 , MgO, or NaF.
  • a typical combination is LiF/AI.
  • An Mg/AI cathode with ITO layer on top is described in US 5703436, US 5707745, US 6548956 B2, US 6576134 B2.
  • An Mg/Ag alloy is
  • any therapeutic strategy is included, ie. treatment of a subject with light can be performed with or without a combination with other treatment approaches.
  • Treatment can, for example, be carried out with one or more wavelengths in one or more devices comprising the compounds of the present invention.
  • devices comprising the fibers herein also referred to as fiber devices or light emitting fiber devices
  • further light sources using different technologies can be used for the treatment, such as LEDs, planar OLEDs, and lasers.
  • the treatment with said compositions and devices comprising them can be combined with any known treatment strategy using drugs and cosmetics.
  • Phototherapy is combined with the treatment of chemical compounds such as a drugs and/or cosmetics light can be used to initiate a (photo-) chemical reaction or activation of the chemical compounds, which is called photodynamic therapy (PDT).
  • Phototherapy according to the present invention can also be used in conjunction with chemical compounds without initiating a photochemical reaction or activation. Synergistic effects for the effectiveness and safety of the treatment of a disease can arise from sequential, parallel, and overlapping treatment with both light therapy and drugs and/or cosmetics.
  • the drug(s) or cosmetic compound(s) e.g., can be administered first for a specific time period followed by the application of phototherapy using the compositions according to the present invention or devices comprising them.
  • the time gap between both treatments may also vary, depending on the drug, its photoreactivity, individual circumstances of the subject, and the specific disease or condition. Both treatments may also overlap timely either partly or completely. The exact treatment strategy will depend on the individual circumstances and the severity of the disease or condition.
  • the combination therapy can have a synergistic effect and can reduce the side effects of traditional treatment strategies (e.g. the side effects of tetracyclines). This is due to the fact, that smaller doses of the drugs may be required when employing a combined approach as outlined herein.
  • Many diagnostic devices comprise light sources for either illumination only or as functional component for the diagnosis itself, e.g. for the
  • the present invention also relates to a composition for diagnostic purposes,
  • composition comprises at least one ionic species and at least one organic electroluminescent compound.
  • light sources comprising the said compositions for diagnostic purposes is also subject of the present invention. Based on the teaching of the present invention, one skilled in the art will have no problems to develop diagnostic devices for which light sources are required comprising the said
  • Treatment is any exposure of a subject to the radiation of the fiber devices comprising the functional material or compositions according to the present invention.
  • the treatment may be performed by direct contact between the subject and the device or without direct contact between them.
  • the treatment may be outside or inside the subject.
  • Treatment outside the subject may be, for instance, treatment of the skin, wounds, eye, gingival, mucosa, tongue, hair, nail bed, and nails.
  • Treatment inside the subject may be, for instance, blood vessels, heart, breast, lung, or any other organ of the subject.
  • Particular devices are required for most applications inside the subject.
  • One such example may be a stent fibers according to the present invention.
  • the said subject may preferably be a human or an animal.
  • the term cosmetic also includes aesthetic applications.
  • the wavelength of light that is emitted by the fiber devices can be precisely tailored by the selection of the appropriate functional material.
  • colour filter and colour converter can be used to get light of the desired wavelength.
  • each therapeutic or cosmetic treatment requires a more or less defined wavelength or spectrum of wavelengths to be emitted.
  • the fiber devices preferably comprise at least one organic compound
  • electroluminescent compound which emits light in the range between 200 and 1000 nm, preferably between 300 and 1000 nm, particularly preferably between 300 and 950 nm, and very particularly preferably between 400 and 900 nm.
  • one of the primary effects of phototherapy is the stimulation of metabolism in the mitochondria. After phototherapy, the cells show an increased metabolism, they communicate better and they survive stressful conditions in a better way.
  • the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them can be used for cellular stimulation.
  • Preferred wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths for cellular stimulation are in the range between 600 to 900 nm, particularly preferable between 620 and 880 nm, and very particularly preferably between 650 and 870 nm.
  • Examples of particularly preferred wavelengths for cellular stimulation are 683.7, 667.5, 772.3, 750.7, 846, and 812.5 nm.
  • any disease and/or cosmetic condition approachable by phototherapy can be treated with the functional materials and fiber devices, particularly OLEDs, comprising them.
  • diseases and/or conditions include, e.g., skin diseases, and skin-related conditions including skin-ageing, and cellulite, enlarged pores, oily skin, folliculitis, precancerous solar keratosis, skin lesion, wrinkled and sun-damaged skin, crow's feet, skin ulcers (diabetic, pressure, venous stasis), acne rosacea lesions, cellulite, photomodulation of sebaceous oil glands and the surrounding tissues, reducing wrinkles, acne scars and acne bacteria, inflammation, pain, wounds, psychological and neurological related diseases and conditions, edema, Pagets disease, primary and metastatic tumors, connective tissue disease, manipulation of collagen, fibroblast, and fibroblast derived cell levels in mammalian tissue, illuminating retina, neoplastic, neovascular and hypertrophic diseases,
  • Cosmetic conditions are preferably selected from acne, skin rejuvenation and skin wrinkles, cellulite, and vitiligo. Many therapeutic treatments also have cosmetic component. Psoriasis, e.g., can be mild, mild-to-moderate, moderate, moderate-to-severe and severe. Any of these categories has a cosmetic component, which may be responsible for severe psychological problems of affected patients.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of said functional material and/or light emitting fibers comprising the functional materials characterized in that the fiber comprises a fiber core having an outer first electrode; at least one organic light emitting layer positioned over an outer surface of the first electrode; and a light transmissive second electrode positioned over the organic light emitting layer; wherein the at least one organic light emitting layer comprises at least one organic material that emits light when a voltage is applied across the first and second electrode.
  • FIG 1 schematically depicts the setup of organic light emitting fibers (Figure 1a) and cross sectional view in Figure 1 b)).
  • They comprise a fiber core 10 having a first electrode 20, at least one organic light emitting layer 30 positioned over an outer surface of the first electrode, and a light transmissive second electrode 40 positioned over the organic light emitting layer.
  • the first electrode is a cathode and the second electrode is an anode.
  • On the outer surface of the anode may be a metal contact element having a first surface in contact with a first portion of an outer surface of the anode, and a power source electrically connected to the cathode and the metal contact element.
  • the fiber core 10 may be transparent, translucent, opaque or reflective.
  • the materials used can be glass, plastic, ceramic or metal foils, where plastic and metal foils are preferably used for flexible substrates.
  • the fiber core member 10 may comprise a flexible polymeric or metallic material. Suitable polymeric materials for fiber core member 10 are polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, or polytetrafluorethylene; polysiloxane; epoxy, polyacrylate; polyethyleneterephtalate; and derivatives thereof.
  • Fiber core element 10 may comprise a glass or a metal such as aluminium, copper, or steel.
  • the glass used can be, for example, soda-lime glass, Ba- or Sr-containing glass, lead glass, aluminium silicate glass, borosilicate glass, Ba
  • Plastic plates can consist, for example, of polycarbonate resin, acrylic resin, vinyl chloride resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyimide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, phenolic resin, silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyether sulfide resin or polysulfone resin.
  • polyethylene For transparent fibers, use is made, for example, of polyethylene, ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, polypropylene, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, PVC, polyvinyl alcohol,
  • polyvinylbutyral nylon, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone, polyether sulfone, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymers, polyvinyl fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene- hexafluoropropylene copolymers, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyester, polycarbonate, polyurethanes, polyimide or polyether imide.
  • Fiber core 10 Other materials than those mentioned here can also be used as fiber core 10. Suitable materials are known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the flexible core member 10 may comprise a flexible metal wire, such as an aluminum, copper or steel wire, a flexible glass fiber or a flexible plastic fiber.
  • the core member preferably has a diameter (or height or width for non-circular cross sections) of about 1 ⁇ to about 10 mm, particularly preferably 5 ⁇ to 5 mm, and very particularly preferably 10 ⁇ to 1 mm.
  • the light emitting fiber may also comprise an optional radiation transmissive moisture and/or air barrier layer 50 and/or an optional radiation transmissive encapsulating material 60, as illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the inner surface of layer 50 surrounds the outer surface of the anode 40, and the inner surface of material 60 surrounds the outer surface of the layer 50, if layer 50 is present, or the outer surface of the anode 40.
  • the light emitting fiber may also comprise an optional refractive index matching layer or an capping layer.
  • the said refractive index matching layer is used to improve out-coupling of the light from the device.
  • the inner surface of refractive index matching layer surrounds the outer surface of the anode 40, and the inner surface of material 50 surrounds the outer surface of refractive index matching layer, if layer 50 is present.
  • Such refractive index matching layers are helpful for light out-coupling.
  • Suitable materials are dielectric materials with a high refractive index such as
  • the thickness of the index matching layer can be in the range between 1 and 300 nm, preferably in the range between 5 and 100 nm, and particularly preferably in the range between 10 and 60 nm. More details on refractive index matching can be found in US 20080231959 A1.
  • the light emitting fiber has a high brightness and can be made flexible if it has a fiber or tube shape.
  • the fiber or tube shaped OLEDs may have an improved moisture resistance while remaining flexible, in contrast to prior art flat plate OLEDs, by adding an outer moisture/air barrier layer and/or by forming an outer moisture and air impervious metal electrode around the fiber core.
  • the term fiber means a shape having a length which is much greater than the cross sectional diameter (or width or height for non-circular cross sections). In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the term fiber means a shape that has rather large length to diameter ratio, such as 10:1 or greater. Particularly preferably, the length to diameter ratio is 100:1 or greater.
  • the first electrode 20 may be a cathode and the second electrode 40 may be a light transmissive anode. However, the polarity of the electrodes 20, 40 may be reversed, and electrode 20 may be the anode and electrode 40 may be the cathode.
  • the two electrodes 20, 40 and the organic radiation emitting layer 30 comprise the OLED device.
  • the fiber core may comprise a flexible fiber core member 10 and the first electrode 20 over the outer surface of the fiber core member 10.
  • the fiber core member 10 has the non-planar outer surface, such as a circular outer surface
  • the first electrode 20 is formed around the entire outer surface of the fiber core member 10, such that the electrode 20 also has a non-planar outer surface, such as a circular surface.
  • the fiber core member 10 may be omitted, and the fiber core may consist entirely of the first electrode 20, such as a metal electrode having an elongated fiber shape.
  • the electrode 20 may be hollow or solid.
  • the electrode contains a non-planar outer surface, such as a circular surface.
  • the flexible OLED fiber further comprises a power source electrically connected to the cathode 20 and the anode 40.
  • the power source may be a voltage source, such as a small battery, a printed battery or a plug that plugs into a socket.
  • the power source is connected to the cathode 20 and the anode 40.
  • the power source may also contain a switch which allows the user to turn the device on and off, and/or a brightness control, such as a potentiometer.
  • the device may comprise an interactive steering unit.
  • the steering unit may, e.g., allow a switch from continuous illumination to pulsed illumination. It also may allow the precise adaptation of irradiation intensities and/or wavelengths to be emitted.
  • the steering unit may be directly associated to the device. It can also be separated via a permanent or temporary linkage.
  • the device may be disposable and is suitable for uses in the hospital or outside the hospital.
  • the steering unit may be used interactively by the user, patient, physician, nurse, or other persons.
  • the steering unit can also be operate according to the specification of expert, e.g. a physician, by programming it.
  • the fiber can also comprises a metal contact element in contact with a first portion of the outer surface of the radiation transmissive anode 40.
  • the purpose of the contact element is to reduce the voltage drop along the length of the OLED fiber, since a radiation transmissive anode material, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), may not have a high enough electrical conductivity to obtain the desired value of the voltage drop.
  • the contact element may comprise any conductive metal, such as aluminum or copper.
  • the moisture barrier layer 50 may comprise any material that prevents moisture from permeating into the organic layer 30, such as Si0 2 , Si 3 N 4 or silicon oxynitride.
  • the encapsulation material 60 may comprise silicone or epoxy.
  • the fiber organic light emitting fiber as depicted in Figure 1 has a circular cross section, it may have any other desired cross section.
  • the fiber may contain an oval cross section, a polygonal cross section (e.g. a square cross section) or a combination circular, oval or polygonal cross sections.
  • the light emitting fiber preferably has a diameter (or height/width for non- circular cross sections) of about 1 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ to about 2 mm, particularly preferably 5 ⁇ to 1 mm, and very particularly preferably 10 ⁇ to 0.5 mm.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer 30 preferably has a thickness of about 20 to about 500 nm, particularly preferably of about 30 to about 200 nm, and very particularly preferably of about 30 to about 90 nm and the electrodes 20, 40 each preferably have a thickness of about 100 to about 10000 nm.
  • a luminescent material such as a phosphor or a fluorescent dye may be added to the encapsulation material 50.
  • the luminescent material emits visible light having a first wavelength, in response to being irradiated by visible or ultraviolet radiation having a shorter, second wavelength, emitted by the organic radiation emitting layer 30.
  • the luminescent material may emit yellow or white light in response to incident ultraviolet or blue radiation, respectively, from layer 30.
  • the mixture of blue and yellow light appears as white light to an observer.
  • the light emitting fiber appears to emit white light to the observer, even when layer 30 does not emit white light.
  • the device may also emit any color of light other than white, if desired.
  • Examples of phosphor materials that can be utilized include those phosphors based on cerium doped into a Y3AI5O12 (YAG) lattice which crystallizes in the garnet structure. Specific examples include (Y 1-x- y GD x Ce y )3AI 5 Oi 2 (YAG:Gd,Ce), (Yi -x- Ce x )3AI 5 O 12 (YAG:Ce), (Yi- x Ce x MA .
  • the YAG phosphors can be described generally as (Yi-x-YGdxCe Y )3(AI 1- zGaz) 5 0i 2 , wherein x + y ⁇ 1 ; 0 ⁇ x ⁇ 1 ; 0 ⁇ y ⁇ 1 ; and 0 ⁇ z ⁇ 1.
  • the position of the peak of the emission band varies considerably in the aforementioned phosphors.
  • the Ce 3+ emission can be tuned from the green
  • Green-emitting phosphors that can be used according to the present invention: Ca 8 Mg(SiO 4 )4CI 2 :Eu 2+ ,Mn 2+ ; GdB0 3 :Ce 3 ⁇ Tb 3+ ;
  • Red-emitting phosphors that can be used according to the present invention: Y 2 0 3 :Bi 3+ ; Sr 2 P 2 0 7 :Eu 2+ ,Mn 2+ ; SrMgP 2 0 7 :Eu 2+ , Mn 2+ ;
  • Blue-emitting phosphors that can be used according to the present invention: BaMg 2 AI 16 0 27 :Eu 2+ and Sr 5 (PO 4 )i 0 CI 2 :Eu 2+ .
  • Still other ions may be incorporated into the inorganic phosphor to transfer energy from the light emitted from the organic material to other activator ions in the phosphor host lattice as a way to increase the energy utilization.
  • Sb 3+ and Mn 2+ ions exist in the same phosphor lattice, Sb 3+ efficiently absorbs light in the blue region, which is not absorbed very efficiently by Mn 2+ , and transfers the energy to Mn 2+ ion.
  • a larger total amount of light emitted by the organic EL material is absorbed by both ions, resulting in higher quantum efficiency of the total device.
  • more than one phosphor material may be combined together and then utilized with an organic radiation emitting device to achieve different colors, color temperatures, and color rendition indices.
  • Other phosphors which can be used are described in US 09/469,702, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • An example of a suitable red emitting inorganic phosphor is SrB 4 O7:Sm 2+ , where the Sm 2+ following the colon represents an activator. This phosphor absorbs most visible wavelengths shorter than 600 nm and emits light as a deep red line with a wavelength greater than 650 nm.
  • An example of a suitable green emitting inorganic phosphor is SrGa2S 4 :Eu 2+ .
  • This phosphor absorbs below 500 nm and has a maximum emission at 535 nm.
  • An example of a suitable blue emitting inorganic phosphor is BaMg2AI 6 O 2 7 :Eu 2+ .
  • BaMg 2 Ali 6 O 2 7:Eu 2+ absorbs most wavelengths below 430 nm and has a maximum emission at 450 nm.
  • organic dyes which can be utilized as the luminescent material include coumarin 460 (blue), coumarin 6 (green), and nile red.
  • the organic radiation emitting fiber may also include an optional radiation scattering layer, comprising scattering particles such as T1O2, AI2O3, or SiO 2 for effective color mixing and brightness uniformity.
  • the scattering particles can also be mixed into the encapsulating material 60, or be formed as a separate layer over the encapsulating material 60, if desired.
  • organic radiation emitting layers 30 can be used in conjunction with exemplary embodiments of the invention.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer may comprise at least one polymer layer or at least one organic molecule containing layer.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 comprise at least one functional layer.
  • the functional layer can be selcted from any type of functional layer typically found in OLEDs.
  • the materials found in these functional layer can be selected from any functional material known to one skilled in the art.
  • Preferably the functional materials described elsewhere within the present invention are used in the functional layer.
  • the functional materials used in functional layers can therefore be small molecules, polymers, oligomers, dendrimers, and blends.
  • Typical functional layers found in OLEDs are emissive layer (EML), hole injection layer (HIL), hole transport layer (HTL), hole blocking layer (HBL), electron transport layer (ETL), electron injection layer (EIL), electron blocking layer (EBL), and exciton blocking layer (ExBL).
  • a typical sequence of layers as found in an OLED and, thus, also find in the radiation emitting layer 30 is, for example:
  • HIL hole injection layer
  • HTL hole transport layer
  • EBL electron blocking layer
  • ETL electron transport layer
  • HBL hole blocking layer
  • EIL electron injection layer
  • the sequence of the given layer structure is exemplary. Other sequences are possible. Mainly depending on the deposition technique used, different layer structures can be obatined. In the case of thermal vacuum
  • multi-layer OLEDs are preferred, such as
  • anode/HIL/HTL/EML/ETUEIL/cathode allowing to separate and optimise the different functions in the corresponding layers.
  • solution- based coating techniques such as inkjet printing, screen printing and spin- coating
  • simple device structures with a few layers are preferred, e.g., anode/HIL/EML/cathode.
  • a suitable immobilisation technique for example cross-linking
  • a multilayer structure can also be ontained by a solution-based coating technique.
  • a polymer is a typical soluble materials suitable for a solution-based coating technique.
  • State-of-the-art PLEDs often comprise an interlayer.
  • interlayer as used herein is defined as layer between the hole injection layer (or buffer layer) and the emissive layer in polymer light emitting diodes (PLEDs), being an electron blocking layer, as disclosed for example in WO 2004/084260 A2.
  • PLEDs polymer light emitting diodes
  • the typical device structure of PLEDs with interlayer is therefore anode/HIL/IL/EMUcathode.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer 30 comprises a single layer.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer 30 may comprise, for example, a conjugated polymer which is luminescent, a hole-transporting polymer doped with electron transport molecules and a luminescent material, or an inert polymer doped with hole transporting molecules and a luminescent material.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer 30 may also comprise an amorphous film of luminescent small organic molecules which can be doped with other luminescent molecules.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer 30 comprises two or more sublayers which carry out the functions of hole injection, hole transport, electron injection, electron transport, and luminescence. Only the luminescent layer is required for a functioning device.
  • the organic radiation emitting layer 30 can comprise 1 to 6 sublayers including, for example, a hole injection sublayer, a hole transport sublayer, a luminescent sublayer, and an electron injection sublayer.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 is a soluble based system comprising a multilayer structure as follows:
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises soluble organic compcounds, which can be a mixture of small molecules, a mixture of small molecules and polymer(s), and a blend of polymers, particularly preferably a conjugated polymer or a mixture comprising at least one phosphorescent emitter, which can be selected from the phosphorescent emitters as described above, either being a small molecule or a polymer.
  • Conjugated polymers are discussed, for example, in R. H. Friend, 4 J. Mol. Electronics 37-46 (1988).
  • One example of a conjugated polymer is PPV (poly(p-phenylenevinylene).
  • PPV poly(p-phenylenevinylene).
  • PPV emits light in the spectral range of about 500 to690 nm and has good resistance to thermal and stress induced cracking.
  • conjugated polymers are those comprising backbone units selected from for example, 4,5-dihydropyrene derivatives, 4,5,9, 10-tetrahydropyrene derivatives, fluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in US 5962631 , WO 2006/052457 A2 and WO 2006/118345A1 , 9,9'-spirobifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in
  • WO 2003/020790 A1 9,10-phenanthrene derivatives as disclosed, for example, in WO 2005/104264 A1 , 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2005/014689 A2, 5,7-dihydrodibenzooxepine derivatives and cis- and trans-indenofluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2004041901 A1 , WO 2004113412 A2 and , binaphthylene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2006/063852 A1 , and further backbone units as disclosed for example in WO 2005/056633A1 ,
  • WO 2006/118345 A1 spiro-bifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2003/020790 A1 , benzofluorene, dibenzofluorene, benzothiophene, dibenzofluorene and their derivatives as disclosed for example in
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises a phosphorescent composition.
  • the preferred phosphorescent composition is a mixture of host material and emissive metal complex, as disclosed for example in EP2005005021 and WO 2005040302_A1 , and further preferably, the host material is selected from non-conjugated polymers, as disclosed from example in DE 102009023156.0. and DE 102009023154.4.
  • oligomers, polymers, or mixtures of small molecules and/or polymers are readily soluble in common organic solvents. They are processable into thin films or coatings by conventional techniques such as spin coating, spray coating, dip coating, inkjet printing, and roller coating. Upon curing, such films demonstrate resistance to common organic solvents and high heat resistance.
  • the fiber OLED according to the present invention can be preferably mass produced using dip-coating.
  • One general production line is schematically shown in Figure 12, taking, for example, a fiber OLED having a structure of anode/HIM/interlayer/EML/cathode, wherein the electrodes are deposited by physical vapor deposition and the organic function layers, HIM, interlayer and EML are coated by dip-coating.
  • the physical vapor deposition methods could be selected from such as thermal vacuum evaporation, sputtering, Cathodic Arc Deposition, Pulsed laser deposition and e-beam etc..
  • Another particularly preferred production method is all solution based, as
  • 210 is a fiber core
  • 130 is a deposition chamber for the first electrode
  • 200 is a deposition chamber for the second electrode
  • 240 is a container comprising an ink comprising a conductive material for the first electrode
  • 140 is a container containing solution of buffer material or HIM
  • 160 is a container containing a solution or a formulation of HTM or interlayer material
  • 180 is a container containing a solution or a formulation of an emissive composition
  • 250 is a container containing an ink comprising a conductive material for the second electrode
  • 150, 170, 190, 220 and 230 are dryers.
  • the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of therapeutic conditions and/or cosmetic conditions by phototherapy requires, at least in some cases, the employment of different wavelengths.
  • different strategies are possible and all of them are covered by the present invention.
  • Different wavelengths can be achieved by the use of more than one radiation emitting layer 30 in one fiber with different functional materials emitting light of different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
  • the light emitting fiber according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 radiation emitting layer 30.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 shows the typical structure of layers or sublayers typically found in OLEDs.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 can comprise one or more layer.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 can also comprises different emissive materials in either the same emissive layer or in different emissive layers.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emissive layers.
  • the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emissive materials.
  • the emissive layer can preferably comprise 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emissive materials.
  • the different emissive materials are selected from the emissive materials as described above, but any other emissive material suitable can be employed. If two emissive materials are used in one emissive layer the absoption spectrum of one of the two emissive materials preferably overlaps with the emission spectrum of the other emissive material.
  • Different wavelengths can also be accomplished by dividing the light emitting fiber into small segments having n distinct radiation emitting layer 30 as depicted in Figure 2 a) and b) emitting n different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths. If multiple segments are used in one fiber then n is preferably 4, particularly preferably 3, and very particularly preferably 2 (see Figure 2 b). However, even if n is 1 , multiple segments can be used in one fiber.
  • Devices emitting different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths can also be obtained by employing different light emitting fibers as depicted in Figure 3 and Figure 4, whereby n is defined as above. Particular prefernce is given to a device comprising two distinct light emitting fibers (see Figure 4).
  • the parallel arrangement of light emitting fibers in an device is only one possibility. Any processing known for fibers can be employed.
  • the fibers can, e.g. be woven as depicted in Figure 5.
  • different light emitting fibers can be processed in order to get a canvas emitting different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
  • the fibers emitting the same wavelength(s) can be arranged in parallel to each other so that fibers emitting different wavelength(s) are peripendicular to each other ( Figure 6).
  • the fibers emitting different wavelength(s) can also be arranged in an alternating fashion.
  • Figure 7 shows as exemplary embodiment of the present invention a light emitting device which is a plaster. It comprises a side for attaching 1 the plaster to the subject to be treated. It can also comprise a power supply 2 which can be, e.g., a battery and particularly a printed battery. In 2 also a steering unit may be incorporated.
  • the plaster can also comprise a reflective material 3 which is not transparent or only partly transparent. The reflective material 3 improves the efficiency of the device.
  • the device may, dependant on the light emitting fibers 4 emit different wavelengths ⁇ to ⁇ ⁇ , wherein n is preferably 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1.
  • the device comprising the light emitting fibers can be stiff or flexible, wherein flexibility includes both plasticity and elasticity.
  • the degree of flexibility of the light emitting fibers can be tailored to any desired value. Stiffness can be achieved by either stiffness of the device, stiffness of the fibers or stiffness of both device and fibers.
  • the overall device can be, at least in part, flexible even if the light emitting fibers are not. This can be accomplished, e.g., if the fibers are arranged on the device so that they run in parallell.
  • the paralell fibers can be fixed on a flexible substrate, such as a plaster and flexibility occurs perpendicular to the fibers.
  • the fibers can be stiff or flexible and flexible fibers can either be ductil, i.e. it can be deformed plastically without fracture, or elastic, i.e.
  • the fiber deforms reversibly and once the forces responsible for deformation are no longer applied, the object returns to its original shape.
  • the fiber is flexible.
  • the device comprising the fibers can therefore adopt any shape according to the physiognomy of the subject to be treated and it can follow the movements and changes of its shape instantaneously.
  • the fiber deforms plastically. If the fiber is, e.g., incorporated in a bandage or plaster, the plaster can be adopted to the physiognomy of the subject to be treated. However, it may not follow the subject's changes of the surface. Depending on the degree of plasticity and stiffness the plaster or bandage can stabilize parts of the surface to be treated.
  • the said functional materials can be used as outlined above, e.g., in order to treat humans.
  • the said functional materials can also be used as outlined above, e.g., in order to treat animals.
  • the functional materials are used in light emitting fibers and the light emitting fibers are used in devices employed for the said treatments.
  • the device comprises an attachment means for attaching the device to a human or animal subject. Further subjects and objects suitable to be treated by the irradiation with said functional materials and light emitting fibers comprising them are, e.g., plants, microbes, bacteria, fungi, and any kind of liquids and solids.
  • Microbes include, but are not limited to, prokaryotes such as bacteria and archaea and eukaryotes such as protists, animals, fungi and plants.
  • Preferred liquids are soft drinks, beverages and particularly preferably water and drinking water. Further preferred objects to be treated are foodstuff and nutrition.
  • the device can have any shape, be rigid or flexible.
  • the device requires energy supply in any form.
  • the energy supply may be directly associated to the device or separated by, e.g., a cable.
  • a battery, particularly a printable battery, may be attached to the device in order to provide a device which is comfortable for the subject to be treated forming a totally self-contained portable unit.
  • Irradiation may, thus, occur at any time and at any place without disturbing the subject to be treated in its habits or daily life.
  • Home use of devices according to the present invention is particularly preferable.
  • the device may be self adhesive and detachable. It may conform a planar or non-planar portion of the body or be an implantable probe.
  • the device may comprise an interactive steering unit.
  • the steering unit may allow a switch from
  • the steering unit may be directly associated to the device. It can also be separated via a permanent or temporary linkage.
  • the device may be disposable and is suitable for uses in the hospital or outside the hospital.
  • the device according to the present invention is suitable as light weight device for portable use.
  • stationary devices can also be prepared.
  • the device is sufficiently portable to enable ambulatory treatment i.e. treatment in which the subject can move around freely. It can be subsequently removed in the human subject's own time, so that treatment could take place almost everywhere. This results in a better convenience and lower costs (from avoiding either an out-patient or inpatient stay in hospital).
  • Ambulatory devices according to the present invention can be used with lower light levels since exposure can occur for a longer period of time. This overcomes a problem of pain induced in some patients by the high irradiances from conventional sources used in hospitals. In addition lower irradiance is more effective in PDT due to reduction of the extent of photobleaching of the photopharmaceutical.
  • the devices may be provided with a photochemical and/or a
  • photopharmaceutical preparation present. This may be in the form of a gel, ointment or cream. Alternatively, or as well, the device may be provided with a thin film impregnated with the photopharmaceutical. Typically, the photopharmaceutical preparation is provided as a layer in contact with the light source. Provided that the photopharmaceutical preparation is transparent or sufficiently translucent for the frequency of stimulating light, the resulting device can be readily applied without a separate step of applying the photopharmaceutical to a patient. Creams which would scatter the light may nevertheless be used if they are absorbed before the light source is switched on. A photopharmaceutical layer may be covered by a peelable release medium, such as a silicone-backed sheet.
  • photopharmaceutical preparation may comprise an inactive compound which is metabolised in vivo to an active compound. Delivery of the photopharmaceutical can be assisted by iontophoresis.
  • the output of light from the device may be pulsed and an electronic control circuit or microprocessor may be provided to control this pulsing and/or other aspects of device function such as duration of exposure(s) of the area to be treated and the intensity of emitted light.
  • Pulsed devices may be provided with a preparation of a photochemical and/or a photopharmaceutical substance which is photobleachable or which is metabolised in vivo to a photobleachable chemical species.
  • the output of the device may take the form of a train of pulses, preferably in which the duration of the pulses is substantially the same as the interval between successive pulses.
  • the period of the pulse train may, for example, be in the range of 20 ms to 2000 s, depending on the photobleaching characteristics of said substance.
  • the attachment means comprises an adhesive surface to enable the device to be attached to a patient.
  • the ambulatory device is provided with a photochemical and/or a photopharmaceutical preparation present.
  • a photochemical and/or a photopharmaceutical preparation present.
  • Preferred features of the preparation and its delivery are as above.
  • the photochemical and/or photopharmaceutical may be photobleachable or may be
  • the means for activating and deactivating the source may control other aspects of device function such as duration of exposure(s) of the area to be treated and the intensity of emitted light.
  • the control means may preferably be operable to cover the source to emit a pulse train having any one or more of the preferred features of the pulse train produced by a device.
  • Suitable devices according to the present invention are selected from sleeves, bandages, pads, plaster, implantable probes, nasogastric tubes, chest drains, stents, clothe like devices, blankets, sleeping bags, canvas and any kind of clothes, devices covering at least one tooth in the mouth, and patches.
  • the device may be used as a stent, for example a tube of 1.25 to 2.25 cm radius of say 10 to 12 cm length for use inside the oesophagus.
  • the device may be a blanket or sleeping bag in order to treat, e.g., jaundice of infants.
  • jaundice a blanket or sleeping bag in order to treat, e.g., jaundice of infants.
  • infants suffering from jaundice are separated from their parents and illuminated in incubators blindfold. This represents an unpleasant situation for both the infant and the parents.
  • the infant is not able to adjust his body temperature as easily as adults can do and overheating in the incubator is a critical issue.
  • Flexible blankets and sleeping bag provide a way to treat the infant without these problems.
  • the infant covered by the blanket or sleeping bag can be irradiated while laying in his parents' arms and overheating of the infant's body is not as critical as compared to traditional therapies. This is due to the fact that the devices according to the present invention require less power and produce, in turn, less heat.
  • OLEDs can be designed to fit into body folds in order to treat psoriasis and other diseases and/or conditions found in body folds. Ductile characteristics of the light emitting fibers and devices comprising them as outlined above can be beneficial for a device intended for the treatment in body folds.
  • Devices can generally spoken individually tailored in any form that is required for treatment.
  • the device itself may comprise a therapeutic agent which is released in a controlled way during the treatment.
  • the functional materials can be used to prepare devices comprising light emitting fibers for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions.
  • the light emitting fiber comprises or consists of an organic light emitting diode (OLED).
  • OLED organic light emitting diode
  • the functional materials according to the present invention can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions
  • Skin as used herein is defined as the largest organ of the integumentary system including hair, scales, feathers and nails.
  • the term skin also includes the tongue, mucosa and gingival.
  • any therapeutic and cosmetic condition that is approachable by phototherapy is covered by the present invention.
  • the distinction between the terms therapeutic and cosmetic depends, as outlined above, on individual circumstances, the severity of the condition and the assessment of the physician.
  • many therapeutic conditions are associated with cosmetic effects, independent of the severity of the disease.
  • the skin diseases and skin related conditions include, but are not limited to acneiform eruptions, autoinflammatory skin diseases or conditions, chronic blistering, conditions of the mucous membranes, conditions of the skin appendages, conditions of the subcutaneous fat, connective tissue diseases, abnormalities of dermal fibrous and elastic tissue, dermal and subcutaneous growths, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, eczema, pustular dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis and eczema,
  • Skin related diseases and conditions also include skin tumors, pre- malignant tumors, malignant tumors, cell carcinomas, secondary
  • metastasis metastasis, radiodermatitis and keratosis.
  • Wound healing can, hereby, occur at the outer surface of the subject to be treated, at its internal parts, at the skin, eye, nail or nail bed, any surface in the subject's mouth, and at the mucosa, gingival, epithelial surface of the vascular system or other part of the subjects body.
  • the fiber devices comprising the functional materials according to the present invention can be used in cosmetics for skin care and skin repair, e.g. as light plaster.
  • the wavelengths or range of wavelengths emitted by said devices is in the range between 400 and 800 nm, preferably between 450 and 750 nm, particularly preferably between 500 and 700 nm, and very particularly preferably between 580 and 640nm.
  • the functional materials according to the present invention can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, solar keratosis, arsenical keratosis, radiodermatitis, and cellulite.
  • skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell
  • skin diseases and skin-related conditions are selected from psoriasis, polymorphous light eruption, solar urticaria, actinic reticuloid atopic eczema, vitiligo, pruritus, lichen planus, early cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, dermographism, and pityriasis lichenoides.
  • theses diseases and conditions are treated with light having a wavelength or a range of wavelengths between 200 and 500 nm, particularly preferably between 250 and 400 nm, and very particularly preferably between 270 and 350 nm.
  • PUVA therapy is derived from the therapeutic application of psoralen (7H-furo[3,2- g]chromen-7-one) and derivatives thereof together with UV-A light.
  • PUVA can be employed for the treatment of skin diseases characterized by hyperproliferative conditions.
  • Psoralen is the parent compound in a family of natural products. It is structurally related to coumarines and can preferably be used for the treatment of psoriasis, eczema, vitiligo, mycosis fungoides, cuntaneous T-cell lymphoma, and other autoimmune diseases.
  • With PUVA can also bet treated atopic eczema, lichen planus, urticaria pigmentosa, polymorphous light eruption, and alopecia areata.
  • Psoralen can be administered orally or topically to the skin.
  • Preferred compounds are psoralen, 8-methoxypsoralen (8-MOP), 5-methoxypsoralen (5-MOP), and 4,5', 8-trimethylpsoralen (TMP).
  • 8-MOP 8-methoxypsoralen
  • 5-MOP 5-methoxypsoralen
  • TMP 4,5', 8-trimethylpsoralen
  • Afetr oral administration of 8- MOP patients become gradually reactive to UV-A and therefore to photochemotherapeutic treatment. The patients are maximally reactive 2 to 3 hours after ingestion of the drug, and during this period the irradiation is carried out. ln the case of vitiligo khellin can be used instead of psoralen.
  • the combined treatment with light and khellin is often called KUVA.
  • the functional materials according to the present invention and fiber devices comprising them can also be used for photopheresis.
  • Photophoreresis is a process by which peripheral blood is exposed in an extracorporeal flow system to photoactivate 5-MOP and represents a treatment for disorders caused by aberrant T lymphocytes. It is a therapy for advanced cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, pemphigus vulgaris and progressive systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). It can be used to treat autoimmune disorders. Further diseases that can be treated include multiple sclerosis, organ transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, and AIDS.
  • the present invention particularly refers to said functional materials and devices comprising them for the treatment of acneiform eruptions.
  • acneiform eruption refers to a group of dermatoses including acne vulgaris, rosacea, folliculitis, and perioral dermatitis.
  • Acneiform eruptions are, generally spoken, caused by changes in the pilosebaceous unit and are selected from acne aestivalis (Mallorca acne), acne conglobata, acne cosmetica, acne fulminans (acute febrile ulcerative acne), acne keloidalis (acne keloidalis nuchae, dermatitis papillaris capillitii, folliculitis keloidalis, folliculitis keloidis nuchae, nuchal keloid acne), acne mecanica, acne medicamentosa, acne miliaris necrotica (acne varioliformis), acne vulgaris, acne with facial edema (solid facial edema), acneiform eruptions,
  • perifolliculitis capitis abscedens et suffodiens of Hoffman perioral dermatitis, periorbital dermatitis (periocular dermatitis), pyoderma faciale (rosacea fulminans), rhinophyma, rosacea (acne rosacea), rosacea con'globata, rosacea fulminans, SAPHO syndrome, steroid rosacea, tropical acne.
  • Acne vulgaris (commonly called acne) is a common skin condition, caused by changes in pilosebaceous units, skin structures consisting of a hair follicle and its associated sebaceous gland, via androgen stimulation. It is characterized by noninflammatory follicular papules or comedones and by inflammatory papules, pustules, and nodules in its more severe forms. Acne vulgaris affects the areas of skin with the densest population of sebaceous follicles; these areas include the face, the upper part of the chest, and the back. Severe acne is inflammatory, but acne can also manifest in
  • Acne lesions are commonly referred to as pimples, blemishes, spots, zits, or simply acne.
  • acne is usually caused by an increase in male sex hormones, which people of both genders accrue during puberty. For most people, acne diminishes over time and tends to disappear - or at the very least decrease - after one reaches one's early twenties. There is, however, no way to predict how long it will take to disappear entirely, and some individuals will carry this condition well into their thirties, forties and beyond.
  • the face and upper neck are the most commonly affected, but the chest, back and shoulders may have acne as well.
  • the upper arms can also have acne, but lesions found there are often keratosis pilaris. Typical acne lesions are comedones, inflammatory papules, pustules and nodules. Some of the large nodules are also called cysts and the term nodulocystic has been used to describe severe cases of inflammatory acne.
  • Light exposure can be used as treatment for acne. Used twice weekly, this has been shown to reduce the number of acne lesions by about 64% and is even more effective when applied daily.
  • the mechanism appears to be that a porphyrin (Coproporphyrin III) produced within P. acnes generates free radicals when irradiated by 420 nm and shorter wavelengths of light.
  • the treatment apparently works even better if used with a mixture of the violet/blue light and red visible light (e.g. 660 nm) resulting in a 76% reduction of lesions after three months of daily treatment for 80% of the patients; and overall clearance was similar or better than benzoyl peroxide. Unlike most of the other treatments few if any negative side effects are typically experienced, and the development of bacterial resistance to the treatment seems very unlikely. After treatment, clearance can be longer lived than is typical with topical or oral antibiotic treatments; several months is not uncommon. In addition, basic science and clinical work by
  • dermatologists has produced evidence that intense blue/violet light (405 to 425 nm) can decrease the number of inflammatory acne lesion by 60 to 70% in four weeks of therapy, particularly when the P. acnes is pre-treated with delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA), which increases the production of porphyrins.
  • ALA delta-aminolevulinic acid
  • the present invention therefore also relates to a combination of the functional materials and devices comprising them and further active drugs for the treatment of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions.
  • the present invention relates to the combined use of said functional materials and drugs used for the treatment of acne.
  • the drugs can be selected from any drugs typically employed in order to treat acne, such as antibiotics (topical and/or oral), hormonal treatments, topical retinoids, topical bactericidals, sulfur.
  • Suitable topical bactericidals are, for example, benzoyl peroxide, triclosan, and chlorhexidine gluconate.
  • Suitable topical antibiotics are, for example, erythromycin, clindamycin, and tetracycline.
  • Suitable oral antibiotics are, for example, erythromycin, tetracycline antibiotics (e.g.
  • Suitable hormones are, e.g., selected from estrogen, progestogen, a combination of estrogen and progestogen, cyproterone, oestrogen, a combination of cyproterone and oestrogen, drospirenone, spironolactone, and cortisone.
  • Suitable oral retinoids are, for example, vitamin A derivatives such as isotretinoin (e.g. Accutane, Amnesteem, Sotret, Claravis, Clarus).
  • Suitable topical retinoids are, for example, tretinoin (e.g. Retin-A), adapalene (e.g. Differin), tazarotene (e.g. Tazorac), isotretinoin, and retinol.
  • Further suitable drugs are , e.g. selected from anti-inflammatory drugs.
  • compositions according to the present invention and devices
  • Dermabrasion is a cosmetic medicinal procedure in which the surface of the skin is removed by abrasion (sanding).
  • any therapeutic strategy is included.
  • the drug e.g., can be administered first for a specific time period followed by the application of phototherapy using the compositions according to the present invention.
  • the time gap between both treatments may also vary, depending on the drug, its photoreactivity, individual circumstances of the subject, and the specific disease or condition. Both treatments may also overlap timely either partly or completely.
  • the exact treatment strategy will depend on the individual circumstances and the severity of the disease or condition.
  • the combination therapy can have a synergistic effect and can reduce the side effects of traditional treatment strategies (e.g. the side effects of tetracyclines). This is due to the fact, that smaller doses of the drugs may be required when following the combined approach as outlined herein.
  • Comedones can also be treated by phototherapy employing the said functional materials and devices comprising them.
  • a comedon is a yellow or blackish bump or plug on the skin. Actually, it is a type of acne vulgaris. Comedones are caused by excess oils that have accumulated in the sebaceous gland's duct. The substance found in these bumps mostly consists of keratin and modified sebum, which darkens as it oxidizes. Clogged hair follicles, where blackheads often occur, reflect light irregularly to produce a comedon. For this reason, the blockage might not necessarily look black when extracted from the pore, but may have a more yellow-brown colour as a result of its melanin content.
  • a so called whitehead which is also called closed comedo, is a follicle that is filled with the same material, sebum, but has a microscopic opening to the skin surface. Since the air cannot reach the follicle, the material is not oxidized, and remains white.
  • the said fiber devices comprising the functional materials according to the present invention preferably emit light, when used for the treatment of acne, in the range between 350 and 900 nm, preferably between 380 and
  • 850 nm particularly preferably between 400 and 850 nm, and very particularly preferably between 400 and 800 nm.
  • Preferred blue light has emission wavelengths for the treatment of acne are 390, 391 , 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401 , 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411 , 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421 , 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429 and 430 nm.
  • 414 and 415 nm are particularly suitable in order to kill P. acnes bacteria and to help cure existing blemishes and to prevent further outbreaks.
  • red light and blue light are particularly suitable to treat acne efficiently.
  • the said red light is preferably selected from the range between 590 to 750 nm, particularly preferably between 600 and 720 nm, and very particularly preferably between 620 and 700 nm.
  • Two further preferred wavelengths for the treatment of acne are 633 and 660 nm.
  • the blue light can be selected from the wavelengths as described above.
  • the said fiber devices preferably emit light with a wavelength of 500 nm or light in the range between 500 and 700 nm are particularly preferred.
  • Cellulite describes a condition that is claimed to occur in most women, where the skin of the lower limbs, abdomen, and pelvic region becomes dimpled.
  • the causes of cellulite are poorly understood and may involve changes in metabolism and physiology such as gender specific dimorphic skin architecture, alteration of connective tissue structure, vascular changes and inflammatory processes.
  • a couple of therapies are applied to prevent or to treat cellulite. Heat and the increase of blood flow are two common techniques. Therefore light therapy is considered to be beneficial to individuals suffering from cellulite.
  • Said functional material and fiber devices comprising them are suitable for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cellulite.
  • PDT is also suitable for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cellulite.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cellulite that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices comprising the functional materials is in the range between 400 and 1000 nm, preferably in the range between 400 and 900 nm, particularly preferably between 450 and 900 nm, and very particularly preferably between 500 and 850 nm.
  • the more general term skin ageing refers to both the formation of wrinkles and hyperpigmentation.
  • the signs of ageing of the human skin resulting from the effects on the skin of intrinsic and extrinsic factors are defined by the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines, by the yellowing of the skin which develops a wizened appearance along with the appearance of pigmentation blemishes, by a change in the thickness of the skin, generally resulting in a thickening of the stratum corneum and of the epidermis and a thinning of the dermis, by disorganization of the elastin and collagen fibers which causes a loss of elasticity, of suppleness and of firmness, and by the appearance of telnagiectasia.
  • traumatisms e.g., anoxia, cigarette smoke, hormonal status, neuropeptides, electromagnetic fields, gravity, lifestyle (e.g. excessive consumption of alcohol), repetitive facial expressions, sleeping positions, and psychological stressors.
  • the changes in the skin which occur due to intrinsic ageing are the consequence of a genetically programmed sequence involving endogenous factors.
  • This intrinsic ageing in particular causes slowing down of the regeneration of skin cells, which is reflected essentially in the appearance of clinical damage such as a reduction of the subcutaneous adipose tissue and the appearance of fine lines or small wrinkles, and in histopathological changes such as an increase in the number and thickness of the elastic fibers, a loss of vertical fibers from the elastic tissue membrane and the presence of large irregular fibroblasts in the cells of this elastic tissue.
  • histopathological changes such as an excessive accumulation of elastic substance in the upper dermis and degeneration of the collagen fibers.
  • compositions intended inter alia to prevent or treat ageing of the skin are known.
  • Retinoic acid and derivatives thereof have been described as anti-ageing agents in skin care, cosmetic, or dermatological compositions, in particular in
  • Aromatic orthohydroxy acids such as salicylic acid have also been proposed (e.g. WO 93/10756 and WO 93/10755 ).
  • Phototherapy provides a new way to treat ageing of the skin.
  • another subject of the invention is the use of the said functional materials and fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing.
  • the present invention provides solutions, inter alia, for skin rejuvenation and to reduce or prevent the formation of wrinkles.
  • the wavelength for the treatment of skin ageing that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices is in the range between 400 and 950 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 550 and 900nm, and particularly preferably between 550 and 860 nm.
  • the fiber devices comprising the functional materials may also emit light of different wavelengths or wavelength ranges which also applies for other embodiments of the present invention.
  • the said fiber devices comprising the functional materials used for the treatment of skin ageing emits light in the range of 600 nm and 650 nm, particularly preferably in the range between 620 nm and 650 nm.
  • the said fiber devices used for the treatment and/or prevention of skin ageing preferably comprises at least one organic electroluminescent compound which emits light in the range between 350 and 950 nm, preferably between 380 and 900 nm, and particularly preferably between 400 and 900 nm.
  • Further particularly preferred light for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing is blue light.
  • Preferred blue light has emission wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing are 390, 391 , 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401 , 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411 , 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421 , 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, and 430 nm.
  • 415 nm is particularly suitable.
  • Further particular preferred light for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing has a wavelength between 400 and 900 nm.
  • Skin rejuvenation can also be achieved with light of the wavelength of 830 nm or slightly below or above that value. Therefore, fiber devices according to the present invention emitting light in the range between 700 nm and 1000 nm, preferably between 750 nm and 900 nm, particularly preferably between 750 nm and 860 nm, and very particularly preferably between 800 nm and 850 nm are also subject of the present invention. Redness of the skin of a subject can be treated by fiber devices according to the present invention.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of redness that is to be emitted by the said devices is in the range between 460 and 660 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 500 and 620 nm, and particularly preferably between 540 and 580 nm.
  • One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 560 nm.
  • Dermatitis of a subject can be treated by said fiber devices.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of dermatitis that is to be emitted by the fiber devices is in the range between 470 and 670 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 490 and 650nm, and particularly preferably between 530 and 610 nm. Two particularly preferred
  • wavelengths for this purpose are 550 nm and 590 nm.
  • Atopic eczema of a subject can be treated by fiber devices according to the present invention.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of atopic eczema that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices is in the range between 470 and 670 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 490 and 650nm, and particularly preferably between 530 and 610 nm.
  • One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 320 nm.
  • Psoriasis can be treated by said devices according to the present invention.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of psoriasis that is to be emitted by the said devices is in the range between 240 and 600 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 290 and 500nm, and particularly preferably between 300 and 480 nm.
  • Examples of particularly preferred wavelengths for the treatment of psoriasis are 310, 311 , 320, 400, 410, and 420 nm.
  • Vitiligo can be treated by fiber devices according to the present invention.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of vitiligo that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices is in the range between 240 and 500 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 290 and 400nm, and particularly preferably between 300 and 330 nm.
  • One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 311 nm.
  • Targeted phototherapy has enabled therapeutic dosing of ultraviolet light to specific dermatoses while minimizing exposure of healthy skin.
  • the 308 nm wavelength of light within the ultraviolet B range has been shown as particularly effective for many dermatoses, including vitiligo;
  • leukoderma such as that associated with scars, striae alba and post-CO2 laser resurfacing.
  • Edema formerly known as dropsy or hydropsy
  • Edema is an abnormal accumulation of fluid beneath the skin or in one or more cavities of the body.
  • the amount of interstitial fluid is determined by the balance of fluid homeostasis, and increased secretion of fluid into the interstitium or impaired removal of this fluid may cause edema.
  • Five factors can contribute to the formation of edema: (1) It may be facilitated by increased hydrostatic pressure or by reduced oncotic pressure within blood vessels or (2) by increased blood vessel wall permeability as in inflammation or (4) by obstruction of fluid clearance via the lymphatic or (5) by changes in the water retaining properties of the tissues themselves. Raised hydrostatic pressure often reflects retention of water and sodium by the kidney.
  • the fiber devices according to the present invention used for the treatment of edema preferably comprises at least one organic electroluminescent compound (which is a functional material) which emits light in the range between 760 and 940 nm, preferably between 780 and 920 nm, particularly preferably between 800 and 900 nm, and very particularly preferably between 820 and 880 nm.
  • organic electroluminescent compound which is a functional material
  • One further particularly preferred emission wavelength for the treatment of edema is 850 nm.
  • the functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of infections and inflammatory, neurological, and psychological diseases and/or conditions.
  • Inflammatory diseases and conditions cover a wide range of indications. Many diseases or condition which are seemingly unrelated to inflammation have inflammatory components that can be treated with the functional materials according to the present invention.
  • the skin diseases and conditions mentioned in the present invention all have inflammatory components, such as acne, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, eczema.
  • a non limiting selection of further inflammatory diseases and conditions that can be treated with functional materials according to the present invention are arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, gingival inflammation, inflammation of the mucosa, inflammation of the nail bed, arteriosclerosis, and inflammation of the vascular system.
  • Preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inflammation are in the range between 350 and 900 nm, particularly preferably between 380 and 900 nm, and very particularly preferably between 400 and 860 nm. Further preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inflammation are 405, 420, and 850 nm.
  • the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of infections.
  • Infections can be caused by bacteria and viruses.
  • Light has several positive effects on infections. Light has, e.g., anti-inflammatory effects through the stimulation of the tissue as outlined elsewhere within the present invention.
  • Phototherapy with said functional materials and fiber devices comprising them are beneficial for the use to treat wounds.
  • Wound healing is often associated with inflammation. Therefore the same wavelengths and ranges of wavelengths as outlined for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inflammation can be applied.
  • Treating wounds by phototherapy also prevents the formation of scares.
  • Particularly preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of wounds and/or scares are in the range between 600 and 950 nm and very particularly preferably between 650 and 900 nm.
  • Further preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of wounds and scares are 660, 720, and 880 nm.
  • a preferred embodiment of this invention is the use of the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of viral infections particularly caused by cytomegalovirus (CMV), encephalo myocarditis virus (EMCV), poliovirus, influence virus,
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • EMCV encephalo myocarditis virus
  • poliovirus influence virus
  • HAV Japanese encephalitis virus
  • HAV hepatitis A virus
  • HBV hepatitis B virus
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • HDV hepatitis D virus
  • HV hepatitis E virus
  • HSV hepatitis F virus
  • HGV hepatitis G virus
  • EBV Epstein Barr Virus
  • HSV-I human immunodeficiency virus type 1
  • HSV-2 human immunodeficiency virus type 2
  • varicella zoster virus herpes simplex virus, in particular herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-I), herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2), or human herpes virus 1 , 2, 3, 4, 7, or 8, Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV), rotavirus, papilloma virus, and human papilloma virus (HPV), in particular HPV of the types: 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11 , 12, 13, 14,
  • viral skin diseases and/or tumor disorders can be treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them such as genital warts, benign tumors of the skin and/or mucosa caused by papilloma viruses, in particular verrucae plantares, verrucae vulgares, verrucae planae juveniles, epidermodysplasia verruciformis, Condylomata acuminate, Condylomata plana, bowenoid papulosis, papilloma on the larynx and oral mucosa, focal epithelial hyperplasia, herpes labialis, varicella and shingles.
  • papilloma viruses in particular verrucae plantares, verrucae vulgares, verrucae planae juveniles, epidermodysplasia verruciformis, Condylomata acuminate, Condylomata plana, bowenoid papulosis, papill
  • said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of warts.
  • Pulsed light therapy might be one way to treat warts with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them.
  • Said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of neurological or psychological diseases and/or conditions is also subject of the present invention.
  • a preferred neurological disease according to the present invention is Morbus Parkinson (MB).
  • MB Morbus Parkinson
  • Recent case studies of light therapy on MB patients involving bright light therapy have had positive results with marked improvement in bradykinesia and rigidity in most patients while being exposed for only ninety minutes.
  • Phototherapy can also be employed to treat depression, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), non seasonal depression, circadian rhythm sleep disorder (chronic circadian rhythm sleep disorder (CRSD), situational CRSD).
  • SAD seasonal affective disorder
  • CRSD chronic circadian rhythm sleep disorder
  • situational CRSD situational CRSD
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of these neurological and psychological diseases and/or conditions that is to be emitted by the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them is in the range between 350 and 600 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 400 and 550nm, and particularly preferably between 440 and 500 nm.
  • Two particularly preferred wavelengths for this purpose are 460 and 480 nm.
  • Said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them may also be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of pain.
  • Pain relief by phototherapy is well known.
  • the following conditions produce pain that can be treated successfully with phototherapy: carpal tunnel syndrome, chronic wounds, epicondylitis, headache, migraine, plantar fasciitis, tendonditis and bursitis, neck pain, back pain, muscle pain, trigeminal neuralgia, and Whiplash-associated injuries.
  • muscle pain is treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them emitting red or infrared light.
  • Alopecia areata is a condition affecting humans, in which hair is lost from5 some or all areas of the body, usually from the scalp. Because it causes bald spots on the scalp, especially in the first stages, it is sometimes called spot baldness. In 1 to 2% of cases, the condition can spread to the entire scalp (alopecia totalis) or to the entire epidermis (alopecia universalis).Q Conditions resembling alopecia areata, and having a similar cause, occur also in other species.
  • Alopecia areata (autoimmune hair loss) can be treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of alopecia areata that is to be emitted by the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them is in the range between 240 and 500 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 290 and 400 nm, and particularly preferably between 300 and 330 nm.
  • One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 31 nm.
  • the functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the disinfection of beverages and nutrition.
  • disinfection any kind of disinfection is meant and includes without limitation the disinfection of wounds, nutrition, and solid and liquids objects, such cosmetic, medical devices, devices used for surgery and beverages.
  • said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them for the disinfection of beverages, preferably water, and particularly preferably drinking water.
  • Contaminated water causes many infections worldwide and leads often to severe diseases or death of the individuals.
  • the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them provide a simple means to disinfect water.
  • Water filter systems of commercial providers take advantage of ion exchange technology. The filter, however, often tend to microbial contamination, which, in turn results in water which is contaminated with microbes.
  • One solution is to add silver salt which is from a toxicological point of view problematic.
  • the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them provide a solution to this problem. They can be
  • the light source can irradiate both the water before or after filtering or the filter cartridge itself.
  • the light source comprising functional materials irradiates both the filter cartridge and the already filtered water.
  • the procedure of disinfection of water as outlined above can basically be applied to any other liquid, in particularly for soft drinks and beverages analogously.
  • the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them can be used for the disinfection of beverages and nutrition for humans and animals.
  • Wavelengths for disinfection according to the present invention are in the range between 200 nm and 600 nm, preferably between 250 nm and 500 nm, and very particularly preferably between 280 nm and 450 nm.
  • the functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the photodynamic therapy (PDT).
  • PDT photodynamic therapy
  • Wavelengths required for PDT according to the present invention are in the range between 300 and 700 nm, preferably between 400 and 700 nm, and very particularly preferably between 500 and 700 nm.
  • Four further preferred wavelengths are 595, 600, 630, and 660 nm.
  • any therapy known as PDT can be carried out using the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them.
  • the property of dyes with a polycyclic hydrocarbon type chemical structure to accumulate in greater amounts in tumor tissues than in normal tissues is well known.
  • the dyes include acridines, xanthenes, psoralens, and porphyrins.
  • the latter dyes in particular, hematoporphyrin (Hp) and some of its chemical derivatives (e.g. Hp D, wherein Hp D is a mixture of Hp derivatives), have superior tumor-localizing properties, which are the basis of phototherapeutic treatment of tumors with red light irradiation at predetermined times after systemic administration of the drug..
  • Drug used for PDT are preferably selected from aminolevulinic acid/methyl aminolevulinate, efaproxiral porphyrin derivatives (porfimer sodium, talaporfin, temoporfin, verteporfin).
  • the functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of jaundice and crigler naijar.
  • Jaundice which is also known as icterus, is a yellowish discoloration of the skin, the conjunctival membranes over the sclerae (whites of the eyes), and other mucous membranes. The discoloration is caused by
  • Jaundice is classified in three groups, pre-hepatic (hemolytic) jaundice, hepatic (hepatocellular) jaundice, and post-hepatic (obstructive) jaundice.
  • Pre-hepatic jaundice is caused by anything which causes an increased rate of hemolysis, i.e. breakdown of red blood cells. In tropical countries, malaria can cause jaundice in this manner. Certain genetic diseases, such as sickle cell anemia, spherocytosis and glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency can lead to increased red cell lysis and therefore hemolytic jaundice. Commonly, diseases of the kidney, such as hemolytic uremic syndrome, can also lead to coloration. Defects in bilirubin metabolism also present as jaundice. Jaundice usually comes with high fevers. Rat fever (leptospirosis) can also cause jaundice.
  • Hepatic jaundice causes include acute hepatitis, hepatotoxicity and alcoholic liver disease, whereby cell necrosis reduces the liver's ability to metabolise and excrete bilirubin leading to a buildup in the blood. Less common causes include primary biliary cirrhosis, Gilbert's syndrome (a genetic disorder of bilirubin metabolism which can result in mild jaundice, which is found in about 5% of the population), Crigler-Najjar syndrome, metastatic carcinoma and Niemann-Pick disease, type C. Jaundice seen in the newborn, known as neonatal jaundice, is common, occurring in almost every newborn as hepatic machinery for the conjugation and excretion of bilirubin does not fully mature until approximately two weeks of age.
  • Post-hepatic jaundice also called obstructive jaundice
  • Post-hepatic jaundice is caused by an interruption to the drainage of bile in the biliary system.
  • the most common causes are gallstones in the common bile duct, and pancreatic cancer in the head of the pancreas.
  • a group of parasites known as "liver flukes" can live in the common bile duct, causing obstructive jaundice.
  • Other causes include strictures of the common bile duct, biliary atresia, ductal carcinoma, pancreatitis and pancreatic pseudocysts.
  • a rare cause of obstructive jaundice is Mirizzi's syndrome.
  • Jaundice in particular neonatal jaundice, can lead to severe medical consequences if not or not appropriately treated.
  • Increased concentrations of bilirubin can result in a brain-damaging condition known as kernicterus, leading to significant lifelong disability; there are concerns that this condition has been rising in recent years due to inadequate detection and treatment of neonatal hyperbilirubinemia.
  • Early treatment often consists of exposing the infant to intensive phototherapy in an more or less isolated incubator. The therapy often represents an emotionally or psychologically difficult situation for both the infant and the parents.
  • the said functional materials and said light emitting fiber devices comprising the functional materials can be employed in order to provide flexible and ambulatory devices such as blankets. Thus, the infant can be treated while laying in its parents' arms.
  • the present invention relates to the use of said functional materials and said light emitting fiber devices comprising the functional materials for the treatment of neonatal jaundice.
  • the wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of jaundice is in the range between 300 and 700 nm.
  • the wavelength is in the range between 350 and 600nm, and particularly preferably between 370 and 580 nm.
  • Further preferred wavelengths are in the range between 400 and 550 nm.
  • Particularly preferred wavelengths are in the range between 410 and 470 nm.
  • Two particularly preferred wavelengths for this purpose are 450 and 466 nm.
  • the light emitting fiber devices according to the present invention comprise at least one said functional material.
  • the devices used for therapeutic and/or cosmetic applications comprise compositions of said functional materials.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of a composition comprising at least one functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials and at least one further compound for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
  • the composition comprises 1 , particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 3 functional materials. Any functional materials as outlined within the present invention can be used.
  • the composition may also comprise further materials such as solvents , additives, wetting agents, and surfactants.
  • the present invention also relates to a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
  • the present invention also relates to a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
  • the fiber is preferably an OLED fiber.
  • the device comprises more than one fiber.
  • the diseases and cosmetic conditions are selected from the ones as defined elsewhere within the present invention.
  • the device setup is also described within the present invention.
  • the present invention also relates to a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber and wherein the light emitting fiber comprises a functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials.
  • EM emissive materials
  • HTM hole transport materials
  • HBM hole blocking materials
  • EIM electron injection materials
  • ETM electron transport materials
  • EBM electron blocking materials
  • EBM exciton blocking materials
  • metal complexes and phosphor materials.
  • the said device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, solar keratosis, arsenical keratosis, radiodermatitis, cellulite, skin desensibilisation, infections, inflammation, neurological and psychological diseases and/or conditions, photodynamic therapy (PDT), jaundice and crigler naijar.
  • skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors
  • the present invention also relates to the use of an organic light emitting fiber for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or conditions.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of an organic light emitting fiber for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of cosmetic conditions.
  • Figure 1 Fiber with a fiber core 10 having an outer first electrode 20, a light emitting layer 30, a radiation transmissive second electrode 40 positioned over the organic light emitting layer 30.
  • the OLEFC may also comprise an optional radiation transmissive moisture and/or air barrier layer 50 and/or an optional radiation transmissive encapsulating material 60.
  • Figure 3 Parallel arrangement of light emitting fibers in a device which emits light with n different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
  • Figure 4 Parallel arrangement of light emitting fibers in a device which emits light with two different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
  • Figure 5 Woven fibers.
  • Figure 6 Woven fibers emiiting two different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
  • Figure 7 Plaster with attachment side 1 , power supply 2, reflective material 3, and light emitting fibers 4.
  • Figure 8 One way to prepare a fiber comprising the following steps. Step I: deposition of anode 20 on fiber core 10; step II: deposition of buffer layer 31 ; step III: deposition of emissive layer 32; step IV: deposition of cathode 40; step V: free anode
  • FIG. 9 Electroluminescence (EL) spectrum of of fiber OLED using PB1 as EML (emissive layer).
  • Figure 10 EL spectrum of fiber OLED using PR1.
  • Figure 11 Schema of a plaster according to present invention with PEN substrate 300, OLED fibers 400, cathode 40, anode 20, thin conducting wires 310 and 320, and epoxy resin encapsulation 330.
  • Figure 12 Fiber production line by employing dip coating.
  • Figure 13 Production method which is all solution based.
  • the following polymers are synthesized by employing the Suzuki coupling.
  • the reaction can be carried out according to synthetic methods well known to the person skilled in the art. The method is described, for example, in WO 2003/048225.
  • Polymer PB1 a blue emitting polymer, is a copolymer comprising the following monomers with mol% as indicated:
  • the molecular weight (MW) of the PB1 is distributed between 200000 and 300000 g/mol.
  • Polymer PR1 a red emitting polymer, is a copolymer comprising the following monomers with mol% as indicated by the indices of the repeating units:
  • the molecular weight (MW) of the PR1 is distributed between 120000 and 720000 g/mol.
  • Both PB1 and PR1 are well soluble in toluene.
  • the fiber core 10 used in the present invention is a hard polymer-clad silica optical fiber (by CeramOptec Industries, Inc.), which has a silica core of 400 ⁇ in diameter and 25 ⁇ polyimide as jacket.
  • the fibers Prior to the deposition of electrode, the fibers are cleaned successively by rubbing with a detergent, rinsing in deionized water, and cleaning by sonication in trichloroethylene, acetone and then isopropyl alcohol.
  • Step I Anode deposition
  • the anode 20 is deposited conformally through a shadow mask using vacuum thermal evaporation at 10 "7 Torr.
  • the fibers are axially rotated at a speed of 60 rpm during the evaporation.
  • 50 nm Al is evaporated at first on the cleaned fiber core 10, and then 5 nm Ni is deposited on Al as anode.
  • Ni is then oxided by exposure to oxygen plasma followed by UV ozone at 20 mW/cm 2 for 5 min.
  • Step II buffer layer 31 deposition
  • PEDOT (Baytron P Al 4083) is deposited as buffer layer or hole injection layer (HIL) with a thickness of 80 nm onto the fiber by dip-coating and then heated for 10 min. at 180°C; the thickness can be controlled through the concentration and the pulling speed during the dip-coating. The fiber is then heated for 10 min. at 180°C to remove residual water.
  • HIL hole injection layer
  • Step III Emissive layer 32 deposition
  • the emissive layer (EML) 32 then is coated by dip-coating a toluene solution of the emissive polymer with a concentration of 0.1 to 0.8 wt% yielding a layer with a thickness of 65 nm for blue PB1 and 80 nm for red PR1 ;
  • the thickness of the film on the fiber is determined as follows. A flat glass substrate is coated by dip-coating in the same solution; the thickness of the film on glass substrate is then measured by Surface Profiler (Dektak 3 ST). The concentration of the solution and pulling speeding are adjusted until the desired thickness is obtained. The same condition, concentration and pulling speed will be applied to coat the corresponding film on the fiber.
  • the device is heated at 180°C for 10 minutes to remove residual solvent
  • Step IV Cathode 40 deposition
  • step I the cathode 40 is deposited
  • the fiber is cut into segments of 5 cm in length.
  • One end of the cut fiber, where no cathode is deposited, is washed away at first with toluene and then with ethanol to remove the polymer and PEDOT in order to get a free anode which can be contacted.
  • a transparent flexible poly(ethylene naphthalate) (PEN) foil is used as substrate for preparing plasters.
  • a plaster according to present invention is schematically shown in Figure 11.
  • the PEN substrate 300 has an area of ca. 5.5 cm ⁇ 5.5 cm.
  • the fiber OLEDs 400 prepared in Example 2 are arranged in parallel in the middle of the substrate, with cathode 40 on one side and anode 20 on the other side.
  • PB1 fiber OLEDs or PR1 fiber OLEDs, or both fiber OLEDs, which are positioned alternatively on the PEN substrate, are used.
  • thin conducting wires 310 and 320 are connected to all cathode ends and anode ends of the fiber OLEDs, with the help of silver conductive glue.
  • the emissive area is defined in the middle area of the substrate, as marked by a dashed line in Figure 11.
  • UV Resin T-470C2 an advanced UV adhesives for OLED made by Nagase & Co., LTD, is applied to the area as marked as 330 in Figure 11 being thick enough to cover all fibers on the substrate.
  • the device is then exposed to an UV lamp with a dose of about 6 J/cm 2 to cure the resin.
  • the cured resin colors slightly yellow. Other transparent resin may be good to get more light out.
  • a reflection foil can be put on the plaster to enhance light output of the plaster.
  • the plaster device of Example 3 comprising PR1 as light emitting
  • the plasters have a printed battery as power supply.
  • the battery supplies energy for a irradiation time of about 50 min..
  • a 16-week pilot study with 24 female human subjects in the age between 30 and 40 years is conducted according to standard methods well known to the person skilled in the art.
  • One of the main selection criteria for the inclusion within the study is the occurrence of crown's feet with almost equal manifestation on both sides of the face, i.e. in proximity to the left and right eye.
  • Each subject is treated on the right hand side with a plaster comprising OLED fibers for 25 min. every second day for 16 weeks.
  • Comparison of the skin in proximity of the left eye and right eye reveals a significant improvement of the skin on the treated side.
  • the crow's feet are shorter and less deeper.
  • the skin treated with light emitted by the OLEC device appears smoother as compared to the untreated skin.
  • Plasters comprising OLED fibers emitting two different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths is prepared according to the procedures as outlined herein (see Example 2 and 3, and Figure 11). Further, in the plasters the two sort of fiber OLEDs, i.e. PB1 and PR1 , can be connected separately to a steering unit which allows the programming of treatment intervals and the turn on and turn off times of both wavelengths separately.
  • the plaster comprising the two different kinds of fiber OLEDs can, thus, emit either blue or red light or both blue und red light, at least in part, at the same time.
  • the plaster comprising the OLED fibers has a squared shape with an emissive area of about 9 cm 2 , but any other customized shape is possible.
  • a 10-week pilot study with 30 subjects is conducted according to standard methods well known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the subjects have Fitzpatrick skin types II to IV with mild to severe symmetric facial acne vulgaris.
  • the right half of the forehead is treated with the plaster comprising the fiber OLEDs.
  • Overall 10 treatments are carried out where the area to be treated is irradiated with blue and red light at the same time.
  • Treatment time per treatment is 20 min.. One week later the same skin is treated again as outlined above. Comparing the left hand side and the right hand side of the foreheads of the treated subjects after 10 weeks of treatment reveals a significant improvement of the treated skin as compared to the untreated skin. Redness of the skin is significantly reduced. Furthermore, mean lesion count reduction is also significant.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Social Psychology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Developmental Disabilities (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Radiation-Therapy Devices (AREA)
  • Medical Preparation Storing Or Oral Administration Devices (AREA)
  • Apparatus For Disinfection Or Sterilisation (AREA)
  • Physical Water Treatments (AREA)
  • Food Preservation Except Freezing, Refrigeration, And Drying (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates inter alia to functional materials for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions. The functional materials can be used for the preparation of light emitting devices comprising fibers as light emitting elements.

Description

Fibers in therapy and cosmetics
The present invention relates inter alia to compounds, compositions and fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of therapeutic diseases and/or cosmetic conditions.
Phototherapy (also called light therapy) can be employed in a wide range of therapeutic diseases and/or cosmetic (also called aesthetic) conditions. The therapy using light, either from LED or laser, is already being used to treat wounds, injuries, neck pain, osteoarthritis, the side effects of chemotherapy and radiotherapy, for instance.
Often the borders between therapeutic and cosmetic applications are vague and depend on individual circumstances and the assessment of a physician. Often therapeutic conditions are associated with cosmetic consideration. The treatment or prophylaxis of acne, for example, may have both therapeutic and cosmetic components, depending on the degree of the condition. The same accounts for psoriasis, atopic dermatitis and other diseases and/or conditions. Many diseases and conditions are associated with apparent implications which are often represented by a change in the visibility of a subject's skin, for instance. These cosmetic or aesthetic changes can often lead to psychological modifications resulting, at least in part, in serious diseases.
Some conditions or diseases may have an emphasis on cosmetic components, even if therapeutic elements may also play a role. Some of these are selected from anti-ageing, anti-wrinkle, the prevention and/or therapy of acne and vitiligo.
Many diagnostic tools or devices also often require light sources, e.g., in order to determine blood characteristics such as bilirubin, oxygen, or CO. ln both cosmetics and medicine the skin is the main target to be radiated, but other targets of the human or animal body can also be accessed by phototherapy. These targets include, but are not limited to, the eye, wounds, nails, and internal parts of the body. Light can also be used in order to facilitate or support disinfection of wounds, surfaces of more or less solid objects, liquids, and beverages, for example. More or less solid surfaces as used herein include any surface with plasticity or elasticity which is not a liquid. Many objects fall in this category and comprise, e.g., nutrition, cuterly, instruments for use in hospitals and surgery and any other object that requires a disinfection. Even wounds of humans and animals can also be subsumed under this definition.
One of the primary effects of phototherapy is the stimulation of metabolism in the mitochondria. Certain wavelengths of light stimulate cytochrome c oxidase, an enzyme which is responsible for the production of the essential cellular energy in the form of adenosine triphosphate (ATP). ATP is required for cellular energy transfer in order to drive thermodynamically unfavoured biochemical reactions and as cellular energy storage. ATP can also act as signal molecule in order to modulate other biochemical molecules (e.g. reactive oxygen species and nitric oxide) that lead to ageing and cell death (oxidative stress). After phototherapy, the cells show an increased metabolism, they communicate better and they survive stressful conditions in a better way.
This principle can be applied for many medicinal therapeutic and cosmetic applications, such as wound healing, connective tissue repair, tissue repair, prevention of tissue death, relief of inflammation, pain, acute injuries, chronic diseases, metabolic disorders, neurogenic pain and seasonal effect disorders.
Another area of the application of light is the treatment of various cancers. In cancer therapy photodynamic therapy (PDT) plays an important role. In PDT light may be used in conjunction with a pharmaceutical. These therapies can be used to treat a variety of skin and internal diseases. In PDT, a light-sensitive therapeutic agent known as a photopharmaceutical is supplied externally or internally to an area of the body which is to be treated. That area is then exposed to light of a suitable frequency and intensity to activate the photopharmaceutical. A variety of photopharmaceutical agents are currently available. For example there are topical agents such as 5-aminolevulinic acid hydrochloride (Crawford Pharmaceuticals), methylaminolevulinic acid (Metfix®, Photocure). There are also injectable drugs used primarily for internal malignancies, including Photofin® (from Axcan) and Foscan® (from Biolitech Ltd). Often, the drug is applied in a non-active form that is metabolised to a light-sensitive photopharmaceutical.
In photodynamic therapy, the primary technique for supplying light to the photopharmaceutical is to project light of a suitable wavelength from standalone light sources such as lasers or filtered arc lamps. These sources are cumbersome and expensive, and are therefore only suitable for use in hospitals. This leads to inconvenience for the patient, and high cost for the treatment. High light irradiances are needed in order to treat an acceptable number of patients per day (for the treatment to be cost effective) and to avoid unduly inconveniencing the patient.
WO 98/46130 and US 6096066 disclose arrays of LEDs for use in photodynamic therapy. The small LED sources taught therein result in uneven light incident on the patient. Fabrication of arrays is complicated because of the large number of connections required. The devices shown therein are designed for hospital treatment.
GB 2360461 discloses a flexible garment which uses a conventional photo- dynamic therapy light source to produce light which is then transmitted through optical fibres. As such light sources are heavy, the device is not ambulatory and is limited to hospital use. US 5698866 discloses a light source using over-driven inorganic LEDs. The resulting light output is not even. A heat-sinking mechanism is required, and the device is suitable only for hospital treatment.
WO 93/21842 discloses light sources using inorganic LEDs. Although transportable, the device is not suitable for ambulatory use by a patient at home and clinical treatment is envisaged.
An essential prerequisite for the wide application of light in the fields mentioned above is the device. The commercial available systems nowadays are mostly based on lasers. However, theses systems are hospital based, i.e. stationary devices. In order to reduce costs and to increase convenience as well as compliance a portable home-use technology is required. In fact, some research has been devoted in this direction.
Organic light emitting diodes have many advantages over their inorganic counterpart (light emitting diodes - LEDs) in that they are intrinsically flexible, and can be coated on large area by, for example, printing technologies, such as ink jet printing and screen printing. Furthermore they allow more homogenous irradiation as compared to LEDs.
Rochester et al. disclosed in GB 24082092 a flexible medical light source such as an OLED comprising flexible light emitting diodes on a flexible substrate and resulting diagnostic devices directed to monitor blood characteristics (e.g. levels of CO, oxygen, or bilirubin) and photo-therapeutic devices for the treatment of ailments.
Vogle Klaus and Kallert Heiko disclosed in EP 018180773 a device for the treatment of skin. The device comprises an potentially flexible organic light emitting diode (OLED) as light source. The device can be integrated in clothes or plaster. Attili et al. (Br. J. Dermatol. 161(1), 170-173. 2009) published a clinical open pilot study of ambulatory photodynamic therapy (PDT) using a wearable low-irradiance OLEDs in the treatment of nonmelanoma skin cancer, suggesting that OLED-PDT is less painful than conventional PDT with the added advantage of being lightweight, and therefore has the potential for more convenient PDT at home.
Samuel et al. disclosed in EP 1444008B15 an ambulatory device for the use in a therapeutic and/or cosmetic treatment, the device comprises an OLEDs and poly(p-phenylene vinylene) (PPV) is used as an example.
EP 1444008 discloses devices comprising OLEDs for the treatment of photodynamic therapy.
However, state-of-the-art OLEDs use active metals, such as Ba and Ca, as cathode, and therefore they require excellent encapsulation to ensure an acceptable lifetime related to both storage and operation. For flat large area devices, appropriate encapsulation is even more critical, because defects in even small areas will lead to a total failure of the whole device. In
therapeutic and/or cosmetic application lifetime required for the devices is in general much shorter as compared to lifetimes needed for display application. Therefore, it is highly desired to find a device based on OLEDs, which can be easily produced and is flexible and more or less insensitive to local damages.
Flexible fiber electroluminescent light sources are known in the art, as set forth, for example in US 6074071 , US 5485355 and US 5876863.
Chemiluminescent fiber light sources are also known. These devices emit light when they are twisted to combine two chemicals contained in the fiber. The chemical reaction between the chemicals produces light while the chemical reaction proceeds for a few hours. However, these prior art chemiluminescent fiber light sources lack sufficient brightness, and are unable to achieve sufficient requirements for the medical or cosmetic use. [ OLED fibers have been described recently in US 6538375 B1 ,
US 2003/0099858, and by Brenndan O'Connor et al. (Adv. Mater. 2007, 19, 3897-3900). Single OLED fibers and their use in lightening is described. However, the OLED fibers disclosed so far were aimed for display and general light applications. The exploitation of OLED fibers in therapeutic and cosmetic applications has not yet disclosed.
Surprisingly it was found that OLED fibers can be used to overcome the problems of the prior art. OLED fibers can be employed in devices for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and cosmetic conditions. The fibers facilitate the preparation of flexible and preferably plastic or ductile devices for the treatment of a subject. The wavelengths can be tailored easily and a homogenous irradiation of a subject is possible. In addition, by employing light emitting OLED fibers the intensity and wavelength(s) of light required for a specific treatment can be tailored by multiple factors. Intensity can, e.g., adjusted by the number of fibers used (i.e. the density of fibers), the way these fibers are processed or woven, and the voltage applied. The wavelength can also be adjusted easily as outlined elsewhere within the present invention. One fiber can comprise multiple emitter with peaks of emission at different wavelengths. The fiber can also comprise different segments comprising emitter materials with different emission peaks. The use of devices comprising OLED fibers offer new ways to treat many diseases or conditions with a high medical and cosmetic need.
The present invention relates to the use of a functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
Preference is given to a functional material selected from host materials. Further preference is given to a functional material selected from emissive materials (EM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from hole injection materials (HIM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from hole transport materials (HTM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from hole blocking materials (HBM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from electron injection materials (EIM) Further preference is given to a functional material selected from electron transport materials (ETM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from electron blocking materials (EBM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from exciton blocking materials (ExBM). Further preference is given to a functional material selected from metal complexes. Further preference is given to a functional material selected from phosphor materials.
In a preferred embodiment the term functional material refers to an organic functional material. The term also refers to organic conductors,
semiconductors, organic fluorescent compounds, organic phosphorescent compounds, organo-metallic complexes of transition metals, rare earths, lanthanides and actinides.
The term emissive materials preferably refers to electroluminescent emitter materials as outlined elsewhere within the present invention.
The functional material and particularly the organic functional material may be selected from the group of small molecules, polymers, oligomers, or dendrimers, blends or mixtures thereof.
The term small molecule as used herein is defined as molecule not being a polymer, oligomer, dendrimer, or a blend. In particular, repeating structures are absent in small molecules. The molecular weight of small molecules is typically in the range of polymers with a low number of repeating units, oligomers or less.
The molecular weight of the small molecule is preferably below 4000 g/mol, particularly preferably below 3000 g/mol, and very particularly preferably below 2000 /mol. The polymers of the present invention preferably have 10 to 10000, particularly preferably 20 to 5000 and very particularly preferably 50 to 2000 repeat units. Oligomers according to this invention have preferably 2 to 9 repeat units. The branching index of the polymers and oligomers is between 0 (linear polymer without branching) and 1 (completely branched
dendrimer). The term dendrimer as used herein is defined according to M. Fischer et al. in Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 1999, 38, 885).
The molecular weight (MW) of the polymers of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10000 to 2000000 g/mol, particularly preferably in the range of 100000 to 1500000 g/mol, and very particularly preferably in the range of 200000 to 1000000 g/mol. The determination of MW can be performed according to standard techniques known to the person skilled in5 the art by employing gel permeation chromatography (GPC) with
polystyrene as internal standard, for instance.
A blend is a mixture comprising at least one polymeric dendrimeric, orQ oligomeric component.
Organic functional materials according to the present invention are often characterized by their molecular frontier orbitals, i.e. the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) (sometimes also referred to as valence band)5
and the lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO)(sometimes also referred to as conduction band). The HOMO and LUMO levels are routinely measured (by e.g. XPS = X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, UPS=ultra- violet photoelectron spectroscopy or CV=cyclovoltammetry) or calculated (by quantum chemical methods such as (time dependent) DFT= density functional theory) which are known to the person skilled in the art. One skilled in the art is also aware of the fact that absolute values of these energy levels significantly depend on the method used. The reliable comparison of HOMO and LUMO energy levels of organic functional materials requires the employment of the same measurement method or calculation method The applicants established a consistent combination method to determine the energy levels of organic semiconductors. The HOMO/LUMO levels of a set of semiconductors (more than 20 different semiconductors) are measured by CV with a reliable evaluation method and also calculated by the DFT of Gaussian 03W with the same correction functional, for example B3PW91 and the same basis set, for example 6-31 G(d). The calculated values are then calibrated according to the measured values. Such calibration factor is used for further calculation. The
agreement between calculated and measured values is very good.
Therefore, the comparison of the energy levels of this invention is set on a sound base. The energy gaps or band gaps are obtained by the difference between HOMO and LUMO energy levels.
The organic functional materials can be selected from hole injection materials (HIM). A HIM refers to a material or unit capable of facilitating holes (i.e. positive charges) injected from an anode into an organic layer. Typically, a HIM has a HOMO level comparable to or higher than the work function of the anode, i.e. - 5.3 eV or higher.
The organic functional materials can be selected from hole transport materials (HTM). A HTM is characterized in that it is a material or unit capable of transporting holes (i.e. positive charges) injected from a hole injecting material or an anode. A HTM has usually high HOMO, typically higher than -5.4 eV. In many cases, HIM can functions also as HTM, depending on the adjacent layer.
The organic functional materials can be selected from hole blocking materials (HBM). A HBM refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive layer or a hole transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the holes from flowing through. Usually it has a lower HOMO as compared to the HOMO level of the HTM in the adjacent layer. Hole- blocking layers are frequently inserted between the light-emitting layer and the electron-transport layer in OLEDs.
The organic functional materials can be selected from electron injection materials (EIM). An EIM refers to a material capable of facilitating electrons (i.e. negative charges) injected from cathode into an organic layer. The EIM usually has a LUMO level comparable to or lower than the working function of cathode. Typically, the EIM has a LUMO lower than -2.6 eV.
The organic functional materials can be selected from electron transport materials (ETM). An ETM refers to a material capable of transporting electrons (i.e. negative charges) injected from an EIM or a cathode. The ETM has usually a low LUMO, typically lower than -2.7 eV. In many cases, an EIM can serve as ETM as well, depending on the adjacent layer.
The organic functional materials can be selected from electron blocking materials (EBM). An EBM refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive or electron transporting layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the electron from flowing through. Usually it has a higher LUMO as compared to the LUMO of the ETM in the adjacent layer.
The organic functional materials can be selected from exciton blocking materials (ExBM). An ExBM refers to a material which, if deposited adjacent to an emissive layer in a multilayer structure, prevents the excitons from diffusing through. ExBM should have either a higher triplet level or singlet level as compared to the emissive layer or other adjacent layer.
The organic functional materials can be selected from emitters. The term emitter refers to a material which, upon receiving excitonic energy by any kind of energy transfers from other materials, or by forming an exciton either electrically or optically, undergoes radiative decay to emit light. There are two classes of emitters, fluorescent and phosphorescent emitters. The term fluorescent emitter relates to materials or compounds which undergo a radiative transition from an excited singlet state to its ground. The term phosphorescent emitter, as used herein, relates to luminescent materials or compounds which comprise transition metals. This typically includes materials emitting light caused by spin forbidden transition(s), e.g., transitions from excited triplet states.
The term dopant as employed herein is also used for the term emitter or emitter material.
The organic functional materials can be selected from host materials. Host materials are usually used in combination with emitter and have, in general, larger energy gaps between the HOMO and the LUMO as compared to emitter materials. In addition, host materials behave either as electron or hole transport material. Host materials can also have both electron and hole transport properties. In case singlet transitions are predominantly
responsible for luminescence in OLEDs, a maximal overlap between the absorption spectrum of the emitter with the photoluminescence spectrum of the host material is desirably. This ensures the energy transfer from the host material to the emitter.
Host material is also called matrix or matrix material, particularly if a host is meant which is used in combination with a phosphorescent emitter. In the case of a copolymer comprising emitter units, the polymer backbone acts as a host.
The organic functional materials can be selected from metal complexes. According to quantum mechanics the transition from excited states with high spin multiplicity, e.g. from excited triplet states, to ground state is forbidden.
However, the existence of an heavy atom, for example iridium, osmium, platinum and europium, results in a strong spin-orbit coupling, i.e. the excited singlet and triplet are mixed so that triplet gains some singlet character; and if singlet -triplet mixing yields a radiative decay rate faster than the non-radiative event, then the luminance can be efficient. This kind of emission can be achieved using metal complex, as firstly reported by Baldo et al.; Nature 395, 151- 54 (1998).
Further to HIMs mentioned elsewhere herein, suitable HIMs are phenylene- diamine derivatives (US 3615404), arylamine derivatives (US 3567450), amino-substituted chalcone derivatives (US 3526501), styrylanthracene derivatives (JP Showa 54 (1979) 110837), hydrazone derivatives
(US 3717462), acylhydrazones, stilbene derivatives (JP Showa 61 (1986) 210363), silazane derivatives (US 4950950), polysilane compounds (JP Heisei 2 (1990) 204996), PVK and other electrically conductive
macromolecules, aniline-based copolymers (JP Heisei 2 (1990) 282263), electrically conductive, macromolecular thiophene oligomers (JP Heisei 1 (1989) 211399), PEDOTPSS (spin-coated polymer), plasma-deposited fluorocarbon polymers (US 6127004, US 6208075, US 6208077), porphyrin compounds (JP Showa 63 (1988) 2956965, US 4720432), aromatic tertiary amines and styrylamines (US 4127412), triphenylamines of the benzidine type, triphenylamines of the styrylamine type, and triphenylamines of the diamine type. Arylamine dendrimers can also be used (JP Heisei 8 (1996) 193191), as can phthalocyanine derivatives, naphthalocyanine derivatives, or butadiene derivatives, are also suitable.
Preferably, the HIM is selected from monomeric organic compound comprising amine, triarylamine, thiophene, carbazole, phthalocyanine, porphyrine and their derivatives.
Particular preference is given to the tertiary aromatic amines
(US 2008/0102311 A1), for example N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-di(3-tolyl)benzidine (= 4,4'-bis[N-3-methylphenyl]-N-phenylamino)biphenyl (NPD) (US
5061569), N.N'-bisiN.N'-diphenyW-aminopheny -N.N-diphenyM,^- diamino-1 ,1'-biphenyl (TPD 232) and 4,4',4"-tris[3-methylphenyl)- phenylamino]-triphenylamine (MTDATA) (JP Heisei 4 (1992) 308688) or phthalocyanine derivatives (for example H2Pc, CuPc, CoPc, NiPc, ZnPc, PdPc, FePc, MnPc, CIAIPc, CIGaPc, CllnPc, CISnPc, CI2SiPc, (HO)AIPc, (HO)GaPc, VOPc, TiOPc, MoOPc, GaPc-O-GaPc).
Particular preference is given to the following triarylamine compounds of the Formulae 1 (TPD 232), 2, 3, and 4, which may also be substituted, and further compounds as disclosed in US 7399537 B2, US 2006/0061265 A1 , EP 1661888 A1 , and JP 08292586 A.
Further compounds suitable as hole injection material are disclosed in EP 0891121 A1 and EP 1029909 A1. Hole injection layers in general are described in US 2004/0174116.
Figure imgf000014_0001
Formula 1 Formula 2
Figure imgf000015_0001
Formula 3 Formula 4
In principle any HTM known to one skilled in the art can be employed in formulations according to the present invention. Further to HTM mentioned elsewhere herein, HTM is preferably selected from amines, triarylamines, thiophenes, carbazoles, phthalocyanines, porphyrines, isomers and derivatives thereof. HTM is particularly preferably selected from amines, triarylamines, thiophenes, carbazoles, phthalocyanines, and porphyrines.
Preferably a layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 HTMs.
Suitable materials for hole-transporting layers are phenylenediamine derivatives (US 3615404), arylamine derivatives (US 3567450), amino- substituted chalcone derivatives (US 3526501), styrylanthracene derivatives (JP A 56-46234), polycyclic aromatic compounds (EP 1009041),
polyarylalkane derivatives (US 3615402), fluorenone derivatives (JP A 54- 110837), hydrazone derivatives (US 3717462), stilbene derivatives (JP A 61-210363), silazane derivatives (US 4950950), polysilanes (JP A 2- 204996), aniline copolymers (JP A 2-282263), thiophene oligomers, polythiophenes, PVK, polypyrroles, polyanilines and further copolymers, porphyrin compounds (JP A 63-2956965), aromatic dimethylidene-type compounds, carbazole compounds, such as, for example, CDBP, CBP, mCP, aromatic tertiary amine and styrylamine compounds (US 4127412), and monomeric triarylamines (US 3180730). Even more triarylamino groups may also be present in the molecule. Preference is given to aromatic tertiary amines containing at least two tertiary amine units (US 4720432 and US 5061569), such as, for example, 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (NPD) (US 5061569) or MTDATA (JP A 4-308688), N>N,N',N'-tetra(4-biphenyl)diaminobiphenylene (TBDB), 1 ,1-bis(4-di-p-tolylaminophenyl)cyclohexane (TAPC), 1 ,1-bis(4-di- p-tolylaminophenyl)-3-phenylpropane (TAPPP), 1 ,4-bis[2-[4-[N,N-di(p- tolyl)amino]phenyl]vinyl]benzene (BDTAPVB), N.N.N'.N'-tetra-p-tolyM^'- diaminobiphenyl (TTB), TPD, N,N,N\N'-tetraphenyl-4,4'"-diamino- ^'^'^"^".V-quaterphenyl, likewise tertiary amines containing carbazole units, such as, for example, 4 (9H-carbazol-9-yl)-N,N-bis[4-(9H-carbazol-9- yl)phenyl]benzeneamine (TCTA). Preference is likewise given to
hexaazatriphenylene compounds in accordance with US 2007/0092755 A1.
Particular preference is given to the following triarylamine compounds of the Formulae 5 to 10, which may also be substituted, and as disclosed in EP 1162193 A1 , EP 650955 A1 , Synth. Metals 1997, 91 (1-3), 209,
DE 19646119 A1 , WO 2006/122630 A1 , EP 1860097 A1 , EP 1834945 A1 , JP 08053397 A, US 6251531 B1 , and WO 2009/041635.
Figure imgf000016_0001
Formula 5 Formula 6
Figure imgf000017_0001
Formula 7 Formula 8
Figure imgf000017_0002
Formula 9 Formula 10
In principle any HBM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention. Further to HBM mentioned elsewhere herein, suitable hole-blocking materials are metal complexes
(US 2003/0068528), such as, for example, bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinolato)(4- phenylphenolato)-aluminium(lll) (BAIQ). Fac-tris(1-phenylpyrazolato- N,C2)iridium(lll) (lr(ppz)3) is likewise used for this purpose
(US 2003/0175553 A1). Phenanthroline derivatives, such as, for example, BCP, or phthalimides, such as, for example, TMPP, are likewise employed.
Further, suitable hole-blocking materials are described in WO 00/70655 A2, WO 01/41512 and WO 01/93642 A1.
In principle any EIM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention. Further to EIM mentioned elsewhere herein, suitable EIM elsewhere herein, EIMs, which comprises at least one organic compound selected from metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline, heterocyclic organic compounds, fluorenones, fluorenylidene methane, perylenetetracarboxylic acid, anthraquinone dimethanes, diphenoquinones, anthrones, anthraquinonediethylene-diamines, isomers and derivates thereof can be used according to the invention.
Metal complexes of 8 hydroxyquinoline, such as, for example, Alq3 and Gaq3, can be used as EIM for electron-injection layers. A reducing doping with alkali metals or alkaline-earth metals, such as, for example, Li, Cs, Ca or Mg, at the interface to the cathode is advantageous. Preference is given to combinations which include Cs, for example Cs and Na, Cs and K, Cs and Rb or Cs, Na and K.
Heterocyclic organic compounds, such as, for example, 1 ,10- phenanthroline derivatives, benzimidazoles, thiopyran dioxides, oxazoles, triazoles, imidazoles or oxadiazoles, are likewise suitable. Examples of suitable five-membered rings containing nitrogen are oxazoles, thiazoles, oxadiazoles, thiadiazoles, triazoles, and compounds which are disclosed in US 2008/0102311 A1.
Preferred EIMs are selected from compounds with the Formulae 11 to 13, which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
Formula 11
Figure imgf000018_0001
Formula 12
Figure imgf000018_0002
o __7 _ __^ Formula 13 Organic compounds, such as fluorenones, fluorenylidene methane, perylenetetracarboxylic acid, anthraquinone dimethanes, diphenoquinones, anthrones and anthraquinonediethylenediamines, can also be employed, for example
Figure imgf000019_0001
Formula 14 Formula 15
In principle any ETM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention. Further to ETM mentioned elsewhere herein, suitable ETM is selected from the group consisting of imidazoles, pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazines, pyrazines, oxadiazoles, chinolines, chinoxalines, anthracenes, benzanthracenes, pyrenes, perylenes, benz- imidazoles, triazines, ketones, phosphinoxides, phenazines, phenan- throlines, triarylboranes, isomers and derivatives thereof.
Further suitable ETMs are selected from imidazoles, pyridines, pyrimidines, pyridazines, pyrazines, oxadiazoles, chinolines, chinoxalines, anthracenes, benzanthracenes, pyrenes, perylenes, benzimidazoles, triazines, ketones, phosphinoxides, phenazines, phenanthrolines, and triarylboranes.
The layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention preferably comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 ETMs.
Further suitable ETMs for electron-transporting layers are metal chelates of 8 hydroxyquinoline (for example Liq, Alq3, Gaq3, Mgq2, Znq2, lnq3, Zrq4), Balq, 4 azaphenanthrene-5-ol/Be complexes (US 5529853 A; e.g. Formula 16), butadiene derivatives (US 4356429), heterocyclic optical brighteners (US 4539507), benzazoles, such as, for example, 1 ,3,5-tris(2-N- phenylbenzimidazolyl)benzene (TPBI) (US 5766779, Formula 17), 1 ,3,5- triazines, pyrenes, anthracenes, tetracenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes, dendrimers, tetracenes, for example rubrene derivatives, 1 ,10- phenanthroline derivatives (JP 2003/115387, JP 2004/311184,
JP 2001/267080, WO 2002/043449), silacyl-cyclopentadiene derivatives (EP 1480280, EP 1478032, EP 1469533), pyridine derivatives
(JP 2004/200162 Kodak), phenanthrolines, for example BCP and Bphen, also a number of phenanthrolines bonded via biphenyl or other aromatic groups (US 2007/0252517 A1) or phenanthrolines bonded to anthracene (US 2007/0122656 A1 , e.g. Formulae 18 and 19), 1 ,3,4-oxadiazoles, for example Formula 20, triazoles, for example Formula 21 , triarylboranes, for example also with Si (e.g. Formula 48), benzimidazole derivatives and other N heterocyclic compounds (cf. US 2007/0273272 A1), silacyclopentadiene derivatives, borane derivatives, Ga oxinoid complexes.
Preference is given to 2,9,10-substituted anthracenes (with 1- or 2-naphthyl and 4- or 3-biphenyl) or molecules which contain two anthracene units (US 2008/0193796 A1).
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0002
Figure imgf000021_0001
Formula 20 Formula 21
Preference is likewise given to anthracene-benzimidazole derivatives, such as, for example, the compounds of Formulae 22 to 24, and as disclosed in, e.g., US 6878469 B2, US 2006/147747 A, and EP 1551206 A1.
Figure imgf000021_0002
Formula 22 Formula 23 Formula 24
In principle any EBM known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention. Further to EBM mentioned elsewhere herein, transition-metal complexes, such as, for example, lr(ppz)3
(US 2003/0175553) can be employed as materials for an electron-blocking layer.
Preferably, the EBM is further selected from amines, triarylamines, carbazoles, indolocarbazoles and their derivatives. It is known to a person skilled in the art that the selection of ExBMs suitable for the use according to the present invention depends on the energy gap of the adjacent layer. Suitable ExBMs are supposed to have a bigger energy gap, either singlet or triplet than the functional material in the adjacent layer which is preferably an emissive layer. Further to ExBMs mentioned elsewhere herein, substituted triarylamines, such as, for example, MTDATA or 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (TDATA), can be used as ExBM for electron-blocking layers. Substituted triarylamines are described, for example, in US 2007/0134514 A1.
N-substituted carbazole compounds, such as, for example, TCTA, or heterocycles, such as, for example, BCP, are also suitable.
Metal complexes, such as, for example, lr(ppz)3 or Alq3, can likewise be used for this purpose.
In principle any host material known to one skilled in the art can be employed according to the present invention. Depending on the kind of emitter employed host materials can be separated into two categories, hosts for fluorescent emitter and hosts for phosphorescent emitter, whereby the latter is often referred to as matrix or matrix material. Preference is given to host materials selected from anthracenes,
benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes,
phenanthrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, imidazole, ketones, carbazoles, triarylamines, and derivatives thereof.
Particular preference is given to host materials selected from anthracenes, benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes,
phenanthrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, imidazole, ketones, carbazoles, indolocarbazoles and triarylamines. A layer of an OLED or a composition according to the present invention may also comprise more than one host material, preferably it comprises 3 host materials, particularly preferably it comprises 2 host materials, and very particularly preferably one host material. If a layer of an OLED or a composition according to the present invention comprises at least two host materials, the host materials are also referred to as co-host or co-host materials.
Preferred host materials suitable for fluorescent emitter are selected from anthracenes, benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes,
spirobifluorenes, phenanthrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, imidazole and derivatives thereof.
Preferred host materials suitable for fluorescent emitter are selected from anthracenes, benzanthracenes, indenofluorenes, fluorenes,
spirobifluorenes, phenanthrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, and imidazole.
Particularly preferred host materials for fluorescent emitter are selected from the classes of the oligoarylenes (for example 2,2',7,7'- tetraphenylspirobifluorene in accordance with EP 676461 or
dinaphthylanthracene), in particular the oligoarylenes containing condensed aromatic groups, such as, for example, phenanthrene, tetracene, coronene, chrysene, fluorene, spirofluorene, perylene, phthaloperylene,
naphthaloperylene, decacyclene, rubrene, the oligoarylenevinylenes (for example 4,4'-bis(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-1 ,1'-biphenyl (DPVBi) or 4,4-bis-2,2- diphenylvinyl-1 ,1-spirobiphenyl (spiro-DPVBi) in accordance with
EP 676461), the polypodal metal complexes (for example in accordance with WO 2004/081017), in particular metal complexes of 8
hydroxyquinoline, for example aluminium(lll) tris(8-hydroxyquinoline) (aluminium quinolate, Alq3) or bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinolato)-4- (phenylphenolinolato)aluminium, also with imidazole chelate (US 2007/0092753 A1) and quinoline-metal complexes, aminoquinoline- metal complexes, benzoquinoline-metal complexes, the hole-conducting compounds (for example in accordance with WO 2004/058911), the electron-conducting compounds, in particular ketones, phosphine oxides, sulfoxides, etc. (for example in accordance with WO 2005/084081 and WO 2005/084082), the atropisomers (for example in accordance with WO 2006/048268), the boronic acid derivatives (for example in accordance with WO 2006/117052) or the benzanthracenes (e.g. DE 102007024850). Particularly preferred host materials are selected from the classes of the oligoarylenes, containing naphthalene, anthracene, benzanthracene and/or pyrene, or atropisomers of these compounds, the ketones, the phosphine oxides and the sulfoxides. Very particularly preferred host materials are selected from the classes of the oligoarylenes, containing anthracene, benzanthracene and/or pyrene, or atropisomers of these compounds. For the purposes of this invention, an oligoarylene is intended to be taken to mean a compound in which at least three aryl or arylene groups are bonded to one another.
Further preferred host materials for fluorescent emitter are selected, in particular, from compounds of the Formula 25
Figure imgf000024_0001
Formula 25 wherein
Ar4, Ar5, Ar6 are on each occurrence, identically or differently, an aryl or heteroaryl group having 5 to 30 aromatic ring atoms, which may be substituted by one or more radicals and p is 1 , 2, or 3, the sum of the ττ-electrons in Ar4, Ar5 and Ar6 is at least 30 if p = 1 and is at least 36 if p = 2 and is at least 42 if p = 3.
It is particularly preferred in the host materials of the Formula 25 for the group Ar5 to stand for anthracene, which may be substituted by one or more radicals R1, and for the groups Ar4 and Ar6 to be bonded in the 9 and 10- positions. Very particularly preferably, at least one of the groups Ar4 and/or Ar6 is a condensed aryl group selected from 1- or 2-naphthyl, 2-, 3- or 9- phenanthrenyl or 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-benzanthracenyl, each of which may be substituted by one or more radicals R1. Anthracene-based compounds are described in US 2007/0092753 A1 and US 2007/0252517 A1 , for example 2-(4-methylphenyl)-9, 10-di-(2-naphthyl)anthracene, 9-(2-naphthyl)- 10-(1 ,1'-biphenyl)anthracene and 9,10-bis[4-(2,2- diphenylethenyl)phenyl]anthracene, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9,10- bis(phenylethynyl)anthracene and 1 ,4-bis(9'-ethynylanthracenyl)benzene. Preference is also given to host materials containing two anthracene units (US 2008/0193796 A1), for example 10,10 Dis[1,1\4\1'']terphenyl-2-yl-9,9'- bisanthracenyl.
Further preferred host materials are derivatives of arylamine, styrylamine, fluorescein, perynone, phthaloperynone, naphthaloperynone,
diphenylbutadiene, tetraphenylbutadiene, cyclopentadienes,
tetraphenylcyclopentadiene, pentaphenylcyclopentadiene, coumarine, oxadiazole, bisbenzoxazoline, oxazone, pyridine, pyrazine, imine, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzimidazole (US 2007/0092753 A1), for example 2,2',2"-(1 ,3,5-phenylene)tris[1-phenyl-1 H-benzimidazole], aldazines, stilbene, styrylarylene derivatives, for example 9,10-bis[4-(2,2- diphenylethenyl)phenyl]anthracene, and distyrylarylene derivatives
(US 5121029), diphenylethylene, vinylanthracene, diaminocarbazole, pyran, thiopyran, diketopyrrolopyrrole, polymethine, mellocyanine, acridone, quinacridone, cinnamic acid esters and fluorescent dyes. Particular preference is given to derivatives of arylamine and styrylamine, for example 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-(2-naphthyl)amino]biphenyl (TNB).
Preferred compounds with oligoarylene as hosts for fluorescent emitter are compounds as disclosed in, e.g., US 2003/0027016 A1 , US 7326371 B2, US 2006/043858 A, US 7326371 B2, US 2003/0027016 A1 ,
WO 2007/114358, WO 2008/145239, JP 3148176 B2, EP 1009044, US 2004/018383, WO 2005/061656 A1 , EP 0681019B1 ,
WO 2004/013073A1 , US 5077142, WO 2007/065678, and
US 2007/0205412 A1. Particularly preferred oligoarylene-based compounds are compounds having the Formulae 26 to 32.
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000026_0002
Figure imgf000027_0001
Formula 32
Further host materials for fluorescent emitter can be selected from
spirobifluorene and derivates thereof, for example Spiro-DPVBi as disclosed in EP 0676461 and indenofluorene as disclosed in US 6562485.
The preferred host materials for phosphorescent emitter, i.e. matrix materials, are selected from ketones, carbazoles, indolocarbazoles, triarylamines, indenofluorenes, fluorenes, spirobifluorenes, phenathrenes, dehydrophenanthrenes, thiophenes, triazines, imidazoles and their derivatives. Some preferred derivatives are described below in more details.
If a phosphorescent emitter is employed, e.g. as electroluminescent component in organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), the host material must fulfil rather different characteristics as compared to host materials used for fluorescent emitter. The host materials used for phosphorescent emitter are required to have a triplet level which is higher in energy as compared to the triplet level of the emitter. The host material can either transport electrons or holes or both of them. In addition, the emitter is supposed to have large spin-orbital coupling constants in order to facilitate singlet-triplet mixing sufficiently. This can be enabled by using metal complexes.
Preferred matrix materials are Ν,Ν-biscarbazolylbiphenyl (CBP), carbazole derivatives (for example in accordance with WO 2005/039246, US 2005/0069729, JP 2004/288381 , EP 1205527 or DE 102007002714), azacarbazoles (for example in accordance with EP 1617710, EP 1617711 , EP 1731584, JP 2005/347160), ketones (for example in accordance with WO 2004/093207), phosphine oxides, sulfoxides and sulfones (for example in accordance with WO 2005/003253), oligophenylenes, aromatic amines (for example in accordance with US 2005/0069729), bipolar matrix materials (for example in accordance with WO 2007/137725), silanes (for example in accordance with WO 2005/111172), 9,9-diarylfluorene derivatives (e.g. in accordance with DE 102008017591), azaboroles or boronic esters (for example in accordance with WO 2006/117052), triazole derivatives, oxazoles and oxazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives, pyrazolone derivatives, distyrylpyrazine derivatives, thiopyran dioxide derivatives,
phenylenediamine derivatives, tertiary aromatic amines, styrylamines, indoles, anthrone derivatives, fluorenone derivatives,
fluorenylidenemethane derivatives, hydrazone derivatives, silazane derivatives, aromatic dimethylidene compounds, porphyrin compounds, carbodiimide derivatives, diphenylquinone derivatives, phthalocyanine derivatives, metal complexes of 8 hydroxyquinoline derivatives, such as, for example, Alq3, the 8 hydroxyquinoline complexes may also contain triarylaminophenol ligands (US 2007/0134514 A1), various metal complex- polysilane compounds with metal phthalocyanine, benzoxazole or benzothiazole as ligand, hole-conducting polymers, such as, for example, poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (PVK), aniline copolymers, thiophene oligomers, polythiophenes, polythiophene derivatives, polyphenylene derivatives, polyfluorene derivatives.
Further particularly preferred matrix materials are selected from compounds comprising indolocarbazoles and their derivatives (e.g. Formulae 33 to 39), as disclosed for examples in DE 102009023155.2, EP 0906947B1 ,
EP 0908787B1 , EP 906948B1 , WO 2008/056746A1 , WO 2007/063754A1 , WO 2008/146839A1 , and WO 2008/149691 A1.
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0002
Figure imgf000029_0003
Figure imgf000029_0004
Examples of preferred carbazole derivatives are, 1 ,3-N,N- dicarbazolebenzene (= 9,9'-(1 ,3-phenylene)bis-9H-carbazole) (mCP), 9,9'- (2,2'-dimethyl[1 ,1,-biphenyl]-4>4,-diyl)bis-9H-carbazole (CDBP), 1 ,3- bis(N,N'-dicarbazole)benzene (= 1 ,3-bis(carbazol-9-yl)benzene), PVK (polyvinylcarbazole), 3,5-di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)biphenyl and compounds of the Formulae 40 to 44.
Figure imgf000030_0001
Formula 40 Formula 41
Figure imgf000030_0002
Formula 43
Figure imgf000030_0003
Formula 44
Preferred Si tetraaryl compounds are, for example, (US 2004/0209115, US 2004/0209116, US 2007/0087219 A1 , US 2007/0087219 A1) the compounds of the Formulae 45 to 50.
Figure imgf000031_0001
Formula 49 Formula 50
A particularly preferred matrix for phosphorescent dopants is the compound of Formula 51 (EP 652273 B1)
Figure imgf000031_0002
Formula 51
Further particularly preferred matrix materials for phosphorescent dopants are selected from compounds of the general Formula 52 (EP 1923448A1). [M(L)2]n Formula 52 wherein M, L, and n are defined as in the reference. Preferably M is Zn, and L is quinolinate, and n is 2, 3 or 4. Very particularly preferred are [Znq2]2, [Znq2]3, and [Znq2]4.
Preference is given to co-hosts selected from metal oxinoid complexes whereby lithium quinolate (Liq) or Alq3 are particularly preferred.
The emitter compound is required to have a smaller band gap as compared to the host compound. In general, smaller band gaps can be achieved by extending the π-electron system of conjugated molecular systems. Emitter compounds tend, therefore, to have more extended conjugated ττ-electron systems than host molecules. Many examples have been published, e.g. styrylamine derivatives as disclosed in JP 2913116B and WO 2001/021729 A1 , and indenofluorene derivatives as disclosed in WO 2008/006449 and WO 2007/140847.
Preferably the layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emitter materials. If more than one emitter material is used the emission spectrum of one emitter material overlaps with the absorption spectrum of the another emitter material in order to facilitate Forster energy transfer.
Preferably the composition according to the present invention comprises one or more emitter material, in the case of singlet emitter(s), in a concentration range between 0.1 wt% and 20 wt%, preferably between 0.5 wt% and 15 wt%, particularly preferably between 1 wt% and 10 wt%, and very particularly preferably between 1 wt% and 8 wt% with respect to the whole mass of the emissive layer; in the case of phosphorescent emitter(s), in a concentration range between 0.1 wt% and 30 wt%, preferably between 1 wt% and 20 wt%, particularly preferably between 5 wt% and 20 wt%, and very particularly preferably between 10 wt% and 20 wt% with respect to the whole mass of the emissive layer.
Preferably the device or a composition according to the present invention comprises two emitter materials. Particularly preferably both emitter materials are selected from phosphorescent emitter materials. Particularly preferably both emitter materials are selected from fluorescent emitter materials.
Blue fluorescent emitters are preferably polyaromatic compounds, such as, for example, 9,10-di(2-naphthylanthracene) and other anthracene derivatives, derivatives of tetracene, xanthene, perylene, such as, for example, 2,5,8,11-tetra-t-butylperylene, phenylene, for example 4,4'-(bis(9- ethyl-3-carbazovinylene)-1 ,1'-biphenyl, fluorene, arylpyrenes
(US 2006/0222886), arylenevinylenes (US 5121029, US 5130603), derivatives of rubrene, coumarine, rhodamine, quinacridone, such as, for example, Ν,Ν'-dimethylquinacridone (DMQA), dicyanomethylenepyrane, such as, for example, 4 (dicyanoethylene)-6-(4-dimethylaminostyryl-2- methyl)-4H-pyrane (DCM), thiopyrans, polymethine, pyrylium and thiapyrylium salts, periflanthene, indenoperylene, bis(azinyl)imine-boron compounds (US 2007/0092753 A1), bis(azinyl)methene compounds and carbostyryl compounds.
Further preferred blue fluorescent emitters are described in C.H. Chen et al.: "Recent developments in organic electroluminescent materials"
Macromol. Symp. 125, (1997), 1-48 and "Recent progress of molecular organic electroluminescent materials and devices" Mat. Sci. and Eng. R, 39 (2002), 143-222. Preferred fluorescent dopants according to the present invention are selected from the class of the monostyrylamines, the distyrylamines, the tristyrylamines, the tetrastyrylamines, the styrylphosphines, the styryl ethers and the arylamines.
A monostyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains one substituted or unsubstituted styryl group and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine. A distyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains two substituted or unsubstituted styryl groups and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine. A tristyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains three substituted or unsubstituted styryl groups and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine. A tetrastyrylamine is taken to mean a compound which contains four substituted or unsubstituted styryl groups and at least one, preferably aromatic, amine. The styryl groups are particularly preferably stilbenes, which may also be further substituted. The corresponding phosphines and ethers are defined analogously to the amines. For the purposes of this invention, an arylamine or an aromatic amine is taken to mean a compound which contains three substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or heteroaromatic ring systems bonded directly to the nitrogen. At least one of these aromatic or heteroaromatic ring systems is preferably a condensed ring system, preferably having at least 14 aromatic ring atoms. Preferred examples thereof are aromatic anthracene- amines, aromatic anthracene-diamines, aromatic pyrene-amines, aromatic pyrene-diamines, aromatic chrysene-amines and aromatic chrysene- diamines. An aromatic anthracene-amine is taken to mean a compound in which one diarylamino group is bonded directly to an anthracene group, preferably in the 9 position. An aromatic anthracene-diamine is taken to mean a compound in which two diarylamino groups are bonded directly to an anthracene group, preferably in the 9,10-position. Aromatic pyrene- amines, pyrene-diamines, chrysene-amines and chrysene-diamines are defined analogously thereto, where the diarylamino groups on the pyrene are preferably bonded in the 1 position or in the 1 ,6-position. Further preferred fluorescent dopants are selected from indenofluorene- amines and indenofluorene-diamines, for example in accordance with WO 2006/122630, benzoindenofluorene-amines and benzoindenofluorene- diamines, for example in accordance with WO 2008/006449, and dibenzoindenofluorene-amines and dibenzoindenofluorene-diamines, for example in accordance with WO 2007/140847.
Examples of dopants from the class of the styrylamines are substituted or unsubstituted tristilbene-amines or the dopants described in
WO 2006/000388, WO 2006/058737, WO 2006/000389, WO 2007/065549 and WO 2007/115610. Distyrylbenzene and distyrylbiphenyl derivatives are described in US 5121029. Further styrylamines are found in
US 2007/0122656 A1.
Particularly preferred styrylamine dopants and triarylamine dopants are the compounds of the Formulae 53 to 58 and as disclosed in US 7250532 B2, DE 102005058557 A1 , CN 1583691 A, JP 08053397 A, US 6251531 B1 , and US 2006/210830 A.
Figure imgf000035_0001
Formula 53 Formula 54
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000036_0002
Further preferred fluorescent dopants are selected from the group of triarylamines as disclosed in EP 1957606 Aland US 2008/0113101 A1.
Further preferred fluorescent dopants are selected from derivatives of naphthalene, anthracene, tetracene, fluorene, periflanthene,
indenoperylene, phenanthrene, perylene (US 2007/0252517 A1), pyrene, chrysene, decacyclene, coronene, tetraphenylcyclopentadiene,
pentaphenylcyclopentadiene, fluorene, spirofluorene, rubrene, coumarine (US 4769292, US 6020078, US 2007/0252517 A1), pyran, oxazone, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, pyrazine, cinnamic acid esters, diketopyrrolopyrrole, acridone and quinacridone (US 2007/0252517 A1). Of the anthracene compounds, particular preference is given to 9,10- substituted anthracenes, such as, for example, 9,10-diphenylanthracene and 9,10-bis(phenylethynyl)anthracene. 1 ,4-Bis(9'- ethynylanthracenyl)benzene is also a preferred dopant.
Examples of phosphorescent emitters are revealed by the applications WO 00/70655, WO 01/41512, WO 02/02714, WO 02/15645, EP 1191613, EP 119161.2, EP 1191614 and WO 2005/033244. In general, all
0 phosphorescent complexes as used in accordance with the prior art for phosphorescent OLEDs and as are known to the person skilled in the art in the area of organic electroluminescence are suitable, and the person skilled in the art will be able to use further phosphorescent complexes without
5 inventive step.
The phosphorescent emitter may be a metal complex, preferably with the formula M(L)Z, wherein M is a metal atom, L is in each occurrence
independently of one another an organic ligand that is bonded to or
>0
coordinated with M via one, two or more positions, and z is an integer≥ 1 , preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, and wherein, optionally, these groups are linked to a polymer via one or more, preferably one, two or three positions, preferably via the ligands L.
>5
M is in particular a metal atom selected from transition metals, preferably selected from transition metals of group VIII, or lanthanoides, or actinides, particularly preferably selected from.Rh, Os, Ir, Pt, Pd, Au, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Re, Cu, Zn, W, Mo, Pd, Ag, or Ru, and very particularly preferably selected from Os, Ir, Ru, Rh, Re, Pd, or Pt. M may also be Zn.
The layer of a device or a composition according to the present invention can also comprise at least one metal complex. Preferably the layer of a
35
devices or a composition according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 metal complexes. Preferred ligands are 2 phenylpyridine derivatives, 7,8-benzoquinoline derivatives, 2 (2-thienyl)pyridine derivatives, 2 (l-naphthyl)pyridine derivatives or 2 phenylquinoline derivatives. All these compounds may be substituted, for example by fluoro- or trifluoromethyl substituents for blue. Auxiliary ligands are preferably acetylacetonate or picric acid.
In particular, complexes of Pt or Pd with tetradentate ligands of the Formula 59 as disclosed in US 2007/0087219 A1 , wherein R1 to R14 and Z1 to Z5 are as defined in the reference, Pt porphyrin complexes having an enlarged ring system (US 2009/0061681 A1) and Ir complexes are suitable, for example 2,3,7,8,12,13,17,18-octaethyl-21 H, 23H-porphyrin-Pt(ll), tetraphenyl-Pt(ll)- tetrabenzoporphyrin (US 2009/0061681 A1), cis-bis(2-phenylpyridinato- N,C2')Pt(ll), cis-bis(2-(2'-thienyl)pyridinato-N,C3')Pt(ll), cis-bis(2-(2'- thienyl)quinolinato-N,C5')Pt(ll), (2-(4,6-difluorophenyl)pyridinato-N,C2')Pt(ll) acetylacetonate, or tris(2-phenylpyridinato-N,C2')lr(lll) (lr(ppy)3, green), bis(2-phenylpyridinato-N,C2)lr(lll) acetylacetonate (lr(ppy)2 acetylacetonate, green, US 2001/0053462 A1 , Baldo, Thompson et al. Nature 403, (2000), 750-753), bis(1-phenylisoquinolinato-N,C2')(2-phenylpyridinato- N,C2')iridium(lll), bis(2-phenylpyridinato-N,C2')(1-phenylisoquinolinato- N,C2')iridium(lll), bis(2-(2'-benzothienyl)pyridinato-N,C3')iridium(lll) acetylacetonate, bis(2-(4',6'-difluorophenyl)pyridinato-N,C2')iridium(lll) piccolinate (Firpic, blue), bis(2-(4',6'-difluorophenyl)pyridinato-N,C2')lr(lll) tetrakis(1 -pyrazolyl)borate, tris(2-(biphenyl-3-yl)-4-tert- butylpyridine)iridium(lll), (ppz)2lr(5phdpym) (US 2009/0061681 A1),
(45ooppz)2lr(5phdpym) (US 2009/0061681 A1), derivatives of 2
phenylpyridine-lr complexes, such as, for example, iridium(lll) bis(2- phenylquinolyl-N,C2')acetylacetonate (PQIr), tris(2-phenylisoquinolinato- N.C)lr(lll) (red), bis(2-(2'-benzo[4,5-a]thienyl)pyridinato-N,C3)lr
acetylacetonate ([Btp2lr(acac)], red, Adachi et al. Appl. Phys. Lett. 78 (2001), 1622-1624).
Figure imgf000039_0001
Formula 59
Also suitable are complexes of trivalent lanthanides, such as, for example, Tb3+ and Eu3+ (J. Kido et al. Appl. Phys. Lett. 65 (1994), 2124, Kido et al. Chem. Lett. 657, 1990, US 2007/0252517 A1), or phosphorescent complexes of Pt(ll), lr(l), Rh(l) with maleonitrile dithiolate (Johnson et al., JACS 105, 1983, 1795), Re(l) tricarbonyl diimine complexes (Wrighton, JACS 96, 1974, 998 inter alia), Os(ll) complexes with cyano ligands and bipyridyl or phenanthroline ligands (Ma et al., Synth. Metals 94, 1998, 245) or Alq3 without a host.
Further phosphorescent emitters with tridentate ligands are described in US 6824895 and US 7029766. Red-emitting phosphorescent complexes are mentioned in US 6835469 and US 6830828.
A particularly preferred phosphorescent dopant is a compound with the Formula 60 and further compounds as disclosed, e.g., in US 2001/0053462 A1. A particularly preferred phosphorescent dopant is a compound with the Formula 61 and further compounds as disclosed, e.g., in WO 2007/095118 A1
Figure imgf000040_0001
Formula 60 Formula 61
Further derivatives are described in US 7378162 B2, US 6835469 B2, and JP 2003/253145 A.
Further preference is given to phosphorescent emitter selected from carbene triple emitter, particularly to carbine complexes comprising iridium as metal. Preferred complexey are N-heterocyclic carbine (NHC) iridium complexes as disclosed in WO 2005/091373, WO 2005/113704, and in P. Erk et al., SID 2006,11 ,2, 131 , e.g. fac-lr(dpbic)3, lr(pmbic)3) lr(pmic)3, lr(dpnic)3, lr(cn-pmic)3.
Further to metal complex mentioned elsewhere herein, a suitable metal complex according to the present invention can be selected from transition metals, rare earth elements, lanthanides and actinides is also subject of this invention. Preferably the metal is selected from Ir, Ru, Os, Eu, Au, Pt, Cu, Zn, Mo, W, Rh, Pd, or Ag.
The functional material according to the present invention may also be selected from small molecules, polymers, oligomers, dendrimers, and blends. The functional polymer is characterized in that different functions may be incorporated into one large molecule or a blend of large molecules. The functions are, inter alia, the ones of a hole injection material, hole transport material, electron blocking material, emissive material, hole blocking material, electron injection material, and electron transport material. The functions which are incorporated into a polymer can be categorized into different groups. By choosing the desired functional groups and the ratio between them, the polymer can be tuned to have the desired function(s).
The difference between polymers, oligomers and dendrimers is due to the size, size distribution, and branching of the molecular entities as defined above.
Different structures are, inter alia, those as disclosed and extensively listed in WO 2002/077060 A1 and in DE 10337346 A1. The structural units may originate, for example, from the following groups:
Group 1 : units which increase the hole-injection and/or transport properties of the polymers; It corresponds to the HI Ms or HTMs as described above. Group 2: units which increase the electron-injection and/or transport
properties of the polymers; It corresponds to the EIMs or ETMs as described above.
Group 3: units which have combinations of individual units from group 1 and group 2;
Group 4: units which modify the emission characteristics to such an extent that electrophosphorescence may be obtained instead of electrofluorescence; typically, it corresponds to the phosphorescent emitter, or more preferably emissive metal complexes as described above.
Group 5: units which improve the transition from the so called singlet state to higher spin states, e.g. to a triplet state;
Group 6: units which influence the morphology and/or emission colour of the resultant polymers;
Group 7: units which are typically used as backbone and which may have electron transport function, hole transport function or both.
Preferably, the said further organic functional material is a hole transport or injection polymer comprising units of groups 1 , which are preferably selected from units comprising the low molecular weight HTMs or HIMs as described above.
Further preferred units from group 1 are, for example, tharylamine, benzidine, tetraaryl-para-phenylenediamine, carbazole, azulene, thiophene, pyrrole and furan derivatives and further O, S or N containing heterocycles with a high HOMO. These arylamines and heterocycles preferably result in an HOMO in the polymer of higher than 5.8 eV (against vacuum level), particularly preferably higher than 5.5 eV.
Preferred polymeric HTM or HIM is a polymer comprising at least one of following repeat unit according to Formulae 62.
Ar
Formula 62
-Ar1— N— Ar- m wherein
Ar1 which may be the same or different, denote, independently if in different repeat units, a single bond or an optionally substituted mononuclear or polynuclear aryl group,
Ar2 which may be the same or different, denote, independently if in different repeat units, an optionally substituted mononuclear or polynuclear aryl group,
Ar3 which may be the same or different, denote, independently if in different repeat units, an optionally substituted mononuclear or polynuclear aryl group, m is 1 , 2 or 3.
Particularly preferred units of Formula 62 are selected from the group consisting of the Formulae 63 to 65:
Figure imgf000043_0001
Formula 64
Figure imgf000044_0001
Formula 65 wherein
R which may be the same or different in each occurrence, is selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group, alkyl, cycloalkyl.alkoxy, aralkyi, aryloxy, arylthio, alkoxycarbonyl, silyl, carboxy group, a halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group or hydroxy group, r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and s is O, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Further preferred polymeric HTM or HIM is a polymer comprising at least one of following repeat unit according to Formulae 66.
-σ\ -(* - >), -(Α Formula 66
wherein
T1 and T2 are independently of each other selected from thiophene, selenophene, thieno[2,3b]thiophene, thieno[3,2b]thiophene,
dithienothiophene, pyrrole, aniline , all of which are optionally substituted with R5, R5 is in each occurrence independently of each other selected from halogen, -CN, -NC, -NCO, -NCS, -OCN, SCN, C(=O)NR°R00, -C(=O)X, - C(=0)R°, -NH2, -NR°R00, SH, SR°, -SO3H, -SO2R°, -OH, -NO2, -CF3) -SF5, optionally substituted silyl, or carbyl or hydrocarbyl with 1 to 40 C atoms that is optionally substituted and optionally contains one or more hetero atoms,
Ar4 and Ar5 are independently of each other mononuclear or polynuclear aryl or heteroaryl, which is optionally substituted and optionally fused to the 2,3-positions of one or both of the adjacent thiophene or selenophene groups, c and e are independently of each other 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4, with 1 < c + e < 6, d and f are independently of each other 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4.
Examples for polymeric HTMs are as disclosed in WO 2007131582 A1 and WO 2008/009343A1.
Preferably, the said organic functional material is an electron transport or injection polymer comprising groups 2, which is preferably selected from groups comprising the low molecular weight ETMs or EIMs as described above.
Further preferred units from group 2, which have electron-injection or electron-transport properties, are, for example, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, oxadiazole, quinoline, quinoxaline and phenazine derivatives, but also triarylboranes and further O, S or N containing heterocycles having a low LUMO. These units in the polymer preferably result in an LUMO of lower than -2.7 eV (against vacuum level), particularly preferably lower than -2.8 eV. Preferably, the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units from group 3 in which structures which increase the hole mobility and the electron mobility (i.e. units from groups 1 and 2) are bonded directly to one another. Some of these units may serve as emitters and shift the emission colour into the green, yellow or red. Their use is thus suitable, for example, for the production of other emission colours or a broad-band emission from originally blue-emitting polymers.
Preferably, the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units of group 4, which is preferably selected from the groups comprising phosphorescent emitter, particularly emissive metal complexes as described above. Particular preference is given here to corresponding structural units which contain elements from groups 8 to 10 (Ru, Os, Rh, Ir, Pd, Pt).
Preferably, the said organic functional material is a polymeric triple matrix comprising units of group 5, which can improve the transition from the singlet state to the triplet state and which, employed in support of the structural elements from group 4, improve the phosphorescence properties of these structural elements. Suitable for this purpose are, in particular, carbazole and bridged carbazole dimer units, as described in DE 10304819 A1 and DE 10328627 A1. Also suitable for this purpose are ketones, phosphine oxides, sulfoxides, sulfones, silane derivatives and similar compounds, as described in DE 10349033 A1. Further preferred structure units can be selected from groups comprising the low molecular weight phosphorescent matrices as described above.
Preferably, the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units of group 6, which influence the morphology and/or emission colour of the polymers, are, besides those mentioned above, those which have at least one further aromatic or another conjugated structure which do not fall under the above-mentioned groups, i.e. which have only little effect on the charge-carrier mobilities, which are not organometallic complexes or which have no influence on the singlet-triplet transition. Structural elements of this type may influence the morphology and/or emission colour of the resultant polymers. Depending on the unit, they can therefore also be employed as emitters. Preference is given here, in the case of fluorescent OLEDs, to aromatic structures having 6 to 40 C atoms or also tolan, stilbene or bisstyrylarylene derivatives, each of which may be substituted by one or more radicals R1. Particular preference is given here to the incorporation of 1,4-phenylene, 1 ,4-naphthylene, 1 ,4- or 9,10-anthrylene, 1 ,6-, 2,7- or 4,9- pyrenylene, 3,9- or 3,10-perylenylene, 4,4'-biphenylylene, 4,4"- terphenylylene, 4,4' bi 1 ,1'-naphthylylene, 4,4'-tolanylene, 4,4'-stilbenylene or 4,4"-bisstyrylarylene derivatives.
Preferably, the said organic functional material is a polymer comprising units of group 7 which contain aromatic structures having 6 to 40 C atoms which are typically used as polymer backbone. These are, for example, 4,5- dihydropyrene derivatives, 4,5,9, 10-tetrahydropyrene derivatives, fluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in US 5962631 , WO 2006/052457 A2 and WO 2006/118345A1 , 9,9'-spirobifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2003/020790 A1 , 9,10-phenanthrene derivatives as disclosed, for example, in WO 2005/104264 A1 , 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2005/014689 A2, 5,7- dihydrodibenzooxepine derivatives and cis- and trans-indenofluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2004041901 A1 ,
WO 2004113412 A2 and , binaphthylene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2006/063852 A1 , and further units as disclosed for example in WO 2005/056633A1 , EP 1344788A1 and WO 2007/043495A ,
WO 2005/033174 A1 , WO 2003/099901A1 and DE 102006003710.3.
Further preferred structural elements from group 7 are selected from fluorene derivatives, as disclosed for example in US 5,962,631 ,
WO 2006/052457 A2 and WO 2006/118345 A1 , spiro-bifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2003/020790 A1 , benzofluorene, dibenzofluorene, benzothiophene, dibenzofluorene and their derivatives disclosed for example in WO 2005/056633A1 , EP 1344788A1 and
WO 2007/043495A1
Very preferred structural elements of group 7 are those of Formula 67:
Figure imgf000048_0001
A, B and B' are independently of each other, and in case of multiple occurrence independently of one another, a divalent group, preferably selected from -CR1R2-, -NR -, -PR1-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2-, -CO-, -CS-, - CSe-, -P(=O)R1-, -P(=S)R1- and -SiR R2-,
R1 and R2 are independently of each other identical or different groups selected from H, halogen, -CN, -NC, -NCO, -NCS, -OCN, -SCN, - C(=O)NR°R00, -C(=O)X, -C(=O)R°, -NH2, -NR°R00, -SH, -SR°, -SO3H, - SO2R°, -OH, -NO2, -CF3, -SF5, optionally substituted silyl, or carbyl or hydrocarbyl with 1 to 40 C atoms that is optionally substituted and optionally comprises one or more hetero atoms, and optionally the groups R1 and R2 form a spiro group with the fluorene moiety to which they are attached,
X is halogen, R° and R00 are independently of each other H or an optionally substituted carbyl or hydrocarbyl group optionally comprising one or more hetero atoms, each g is independently 0 or 1 and each corresponding h in the same subunit is the other of 0 or 1 , m is an integer > 1
Ar and Ar2 are independently of each other mono- or polynuclear aryl or heteroraryl that is optionally substituted and optionally fused to the 7,8- positions or 8,9-positions of the indenofluorene group, a and b are independently of each other 0 or 1.
If the groups R1 and R2 form a spiro group with the fluorene group to which they are attached, it is preferably spirobifluorene.
The groups of Formula 67 are preferably selected from the following Formulae 68 to 72:
Formula 68
Figure imgf000049_0002
Formula 69
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000050_0003
Formula 72 wherein R is as defined in Formula 67, r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and R has one of the meanings of R1.
R is preferably F, CI, Br, I, -CN, -N02 , -NCO, -NCS, -OCN, -SCN, - C(=0)NR°R°°, -C(=0)X°, -C(=0)R°, -NR°R00, optionally substituted silyl, aryl or heteroaryl with 4 to 40, preferably 6 to 20 C atoms, or straight chain, branched or cyclic alkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl,
alkylcarbonlyoxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy with 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12 C atoms, wherein one or more H atoms are optionally replaced by F or CI, and wherein R°, R00 and X° are as defined above.
Particularly preferred groups of Formula 67 are selected from the following Formulae 73 to 76:
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000051_0003
Figure imgf000051_0004
Formula 76 wherein L is H, halogen or optionally fluorinated, linear or branched alkyl or alkoxy with 1 to 12 C atoms, and is preferably H, F, methyl, i-propyl, t-butyl, n- pentoxy, or trifluoromethyl, and
U is optionally fluorinated, linear or branched alkyl or alkoxy with 1 to 12 C atoms, and is preferably n-octyl or n-octyloxy.
Preference is given to polymers suitable for use in the invention which simultaneously comprise one or more units selected from groups 1 to 7. It may likewise be preferred for more than one structural unit from a group to be present simultaneously.
Preference is given to polymers suitable for use in the invention which, besides structural units of an emitter, also comprise at least one structural unit from the above-mentioned groups. At least two structural units are particularly preferably from different classes of those mentioned above.
The proportion of the different classes of groups 1 , 2, 5, 6, and 7, if present in the polymer, is preferably in each case at least 5 mol%, particularly preferably in each case at least 10 mol%. In particular, one of these structural units is selected from the group of hole-conducting or electron cocnducting units and the other group is an emitting unit, where these two functions (hole or electron conduction and emission) may also be taken on by the same unit.
Further, a smaller proportion of the emitting units, in particular green- and red-emitting units, may also be preferred, for example for the synthesis of white-emitting copolymers. The way in which white-emitting copolymers can be synthesised is described in detail in DE 10343606 A1.
The proportion of the different classes of groups 3 and 4, if present in the polymer, is preferably in each case in the range from 0.01 to 20 mol%, particularly preferably in each case in the range from 1 to 15 mol%, and very particularly preferably in each case in the range from 1 to 10 mol%.
In order to ensure adequate solubility, it is preferred for on average at least 2 non-aromatic C atoms to be present in the substituents per recurring unit. Preference is given here to at least 4 and particularly preferably at least 8 C atoms. In addition, individual C atoms of these may be replaced by O or S. However, it is entirely possible for this to mean that a certain proportion of recurring units does not carry any further non-aromatic substituents.
In order to avoid impairing the morphology of the film, it is preferred to have no long-chain substituents having more than 12 C atoms in a linear chain, particularly preferably none having more than 8 C atoms and in particular none having more than 6 C atoms.
The polymer used as organic functional material in the invention may be statistical or random copolymers, alternating or regioregular copolymers, block copolymers or combinations thereof.
In a very preferred embodiment, the polymer is a conjugated polymer, wherein the functional groups as described above and bellow are integrated into the polymer main chain.
In another preferred embodiments, the polymer is a non-conjugated or partially-conjugated polymer.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the said polymer is a main-chain non-conjugated polymer, wherein the polymer comprises at least one non- conjugated spacer on main-chain. Very particularly preferred non- conjugated or partially-conjugated polymers comprise a non-conjugated backbone unit or a unit interrupting the conjugation of backbone units. Like side-chain non-conjugated polymers, main-chain non-conjugated polymers give also a high triplet level. Preferred non-conjugated backbone units are selected from units
comprising indenofluorene derivatives, as shown, for example, in the following Formulae 77 and 78 and as disclosed in DE 102009023156.0.
Figure imgf000054_0001
Formula 78
wherein X and Y are idenpendently from each other selected from H, F, an alkyl group with 1 to 40 C-atoms, an alkyiene group having 2 to 40 C-atoms, an alkinyl group having 2 to 40 C-Atoms, an subtituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 40 C-atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group having 5 to 25 atoms.
Further preferred non-conjugated backbone units are selected from a unit comprising fluorene, phenanthrene, dehydrophenanthrene, indenofluorene derivatives, as shown, for example, in the following Formulae 79 to 92 and as disclosed in DE 102009023154.4.
Figure imgf000055_0001
Formula 80
Figure imgf000055_0002
Formula 81 Formula 82
Figure imgf000055_0003
Formula 84
Figure imgf000055_0004
Formula 85 Formula 86
Figure imgf000055_0005
Formula 87 Formula 88
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000056_0002
Formula 91 Formula 92 wherein R1 to R4 have the sae meaning as X and Y, as defined above.
In another preferred embodiment, the said polymer is a side-chain non- conjugated polymer, which is especially important for phosphorescent OLEDs based on polymer. In general, such phosphorescent polymer is obtained by means of radical copolymerization of vinyl compounds, and comprises at least one phosphorescent emitter and at least one charge transport unit on side chain, as disclosed in US 7250226 B2. Further examples for such phosphorescent polymer are disclosed for example in JP 2007/211243 A2, JP 2007/197574 A2, US 7250226B2,
JP 2007/059939A.
In a further embodiment, the said polymer can also be a non-conjugated polymer for fluorescent OLEDs. Preferred singlet non-conjugated polymers are, for example, side-chain polymers with antracenenes, benzanthrecenes and their derivates in the side-chain, as disclosed in JP 2005/ 08556, JP 2005/285661 , JP 2003/338375 etc..
The said polymers can also act as ETM or HTM, preferably the polymer is a non-conjugated polymer. Inorganic compounds, such as p type Si and p type SiC, and inorganic oxides, e.g., vanadium oxide (VOx), molybdenum oxide (MoOx) or nickel oxide (NiOx) can also be used as HIM.
Electron injection layers (EILs) are often constructed from an insulator and semiconductor.
Preferred alkali metal chalcogenides for EILs are Li20, LiO, Na2S, Na2Se, NaO, K20, Cs2O.
Preferred alkaline-earth metal chalcogenides for EILs are CaO, BaO, SrO, BeO, BaS, CaSe.
Preferred halides of alkali metals for EILs are LiF, NaF, KF, CsF, LiCI, KCI, NaCI.
Preferred halides of alkaline-earth metals for EILs are CaF2, BaF2, SrF2, MgF2, BeF2.
It is likewise possible to employ alkali metal complexes, alkaline-earth metal complexes, rare-earth metals (Sc, Y, Ce, Th, Yb), rare-earth metal complexes, rare-earth metal compounds (preferably YbF3, ScF3, TbF3) or the like.
The structure of EILs is described, for example, in US 5608287,
US 5776622, US 5776623, US 6137223, US 6140763, US 6914269.
An electron-transport layer may consist of an intrinsic material or comprise a dopant. Alq3 (EP 278757 B1) and Liq (EP 0569827 A2) are examples of intrinsic layers. 4,7-diphenyl-1 ,10-phenanthroline (Bphen):Li 1 :1
(US 2003/02309890) and rubrene/LiF are examples of doped layers. ln addition to the materials mentioned above, an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention may comprise at least one anode, at least one cathode and one or more substrates.
Preferred materials for the anode are metal oxides selected from, but not limited to, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (SnO), ZnO, InO, aluminium-zinc-oxide (AlZnO), and other metal oxides such as Al- and ln-zinc oxide doped with zinc oxide, magnesium-indium-oxide, and nickel-tungsten-oxide. Metal nitrides such as galliumnitrides and metal selenides such as zinc-selenide and metal-sulfides such as zinc-sulfide can also be used. Further materials that can be used for anodes are electrically conducting polymers, e.g. polythiophenes, polyanilines and polypyrroles.
The anode can be transparent, opaque, or reflective. The anode can also adopt an intermediate state, e.g. both being partially reflective and partially transparent.
If the anode is not or only partially transparent further conducting materials can be used. Preferred materials for non transparent or partially transparent anodes are selected from, but not limited to, Au, Ir, Mo, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Sn, C, Al, V, Fe, Co, Ni, W, and mixtures thereof. The conducting materials can also be mixed with further conducting materials as described above, e.g. In- Cu.
The anode is preferably transparent and a particularly preferred material for the anode is ITO. In the case of a top-emitting device the anode comprises preferably a reflecting material. Further materials can be used for anodes, which are known to the person skilled in the art.
A flexible and transparent combination of substrate and anode is described in US 5844363 B2 and US 6602540 B2, for instance. The cathode can be transparent, opaque, or reflective. The cathode is selected from a metal or an alloy with a low work function. Preferably metals, alloys, or conducting compounds or materials with a work function of less than 4.0 eV are used. Particularly preferred cathodes are selected from, but not limited to, Ba, Ca, Sr, Yb, Ga, Cd, Si, Ta, Sb, Zn, Mg, Al, In, Li, Na, Cs, Ag, mixtures of two or more elements such as alloys comprising Mg/AI or Al/Li or Al/Sc/Li or Mg/Ag or metal oxides such as ITO or IZO.
Further preferred materials for cathodes, used to form a thin dielectric layer, are selected from a metal which is mixed with LiF, Li20, BaF2, MgO, or NaF. A typical combination is LiF/AI.
An Mg/AI cathode with ITO layer on top is described in US 5703436, US 5707745, US 6548956 B2, US 6576134 B2. An Mg/Ag alloy is
described in US 4885221.
Herein any therapeutic strategy is included, ie. treatment of a subject with light can be performed with or without a combination with other treatment approaches. Treatment can, for example, be carried out with one or more wavelengths in one or more devices comprising the compounds of the present invention. Furthermore, in addition to said devices comprising the fibers (herein also referred to as fiber devices or light emitting fiber devices) and compounds according to the present invention, further light sources using different technologies can be used for the treatment, such as LEDs, planar OLEDs, and lasers. In addition, the treatment with said compositions and devices comprising them can be combined with any known treatment strategy using drugs and cosmetics.
If phototherapy is combined with the treatment of chemical compounds such as a drugs and/or cosmetics light can be used to initiate a (photo-) chemical reaction or activation of the chemical compounds, which is called photodynamic therapy (PDT). Phototherapy according to the present invention can also be used in conjunction with chemical compounds without initiating a photochemical reaction or activation. Synergistic effects for the effectiveness and safety of the treatment of a disease can arise from sequential, parallel, and overlapping treatment with both light therapy and drugs and/or cosmetics. The drug(s) or cosmetic compound(s), e.g., can be administered first for a specific time period followed by the application of phototherapy using the compositions according to the present invention or devices comprising them. The time gap between both treatments may also vary, depending on the drug, its photoreactivity, individual circumstances of the subject, and the specific disease or condition. Both treatments may also overlap timely either partly or completely. The exact treatment strategy will depend on the individual circumstances and the severity of the disease or condition.
The combination therapy can have a synergistic effect and can reduce the side effects of traditional treatment strategies (e.g. the side effects of tetracyclines). This is due to the fact, that smaller doses of the drugs may be required when employing a combined approach as outlined herein.
Many diagnostic devices comprise light sources for either illumination only or as functional component for the diagnosis itself, e.g. for the
determination of blood parameters such as oxygen. Thus the present invention also relates to a composition for diagnostic purposes,
characterized in that the composition comprises at least one ionic species and at least one organic electroluminescent compound. The use of light sources comprising the said compositions for diagnostic purposes is also subject of the present invention. Based on the teaching of the present invention, one skilled in the art will have no problems to develop diagnostic devices for which light sources are required comprising the said
compositions.
Treatment is any exposure of a subject to the radiation of the fiber devices comprising the functional material or compositions according to the present invention. The treatment may be performed by direct contact between the subject and the device or without direct contact between them. The treatment may be outside or inside the subject. Treatment outside the subject may be, for instance, treatment of the skin, wounds, eye, gingival, mucosa, tongue, hair, nail bed, and nails. Treatment inside the subject may be, for instance, blood vessels, heart, breast, lung, or any other organ of the subject. Particular devices are required for most applications inside the subject. One such example may be a stent fibers according to the present invention. The said subject may preferably be a human or an animal. The term cosmetic also includes aesthetic applications.
The wavelength of light that is emitted by the fiber devices can be precisely tailored by the selection of the appropriate functional material. In addition, colour filter and colour converter can be used to get light of the desired wavelength. Depending on the application of the functional material and/or fiber devices comprising the functional material each therapeutic or cosmetic treatment requires a more or less defined wavelength or spectrum of wavelengths to be emitted.
The fiber devices preferably comprise at least one organic
electroluminescent compound which emits light in the range between 200 and 1000 nm, preferably between 300 and 1000 nm, particularly preferably between 300 and 950 nm, and very particularly preferably between 400 and 900 nm.
As outlined above one of the primary effects of phototherapy is the stimulation of metabolism in the mitochondria. After phototherapy, the cells show an increased metabolism, they communicate better and they survive stressful conditions in a better way.
The said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them can be used for cellular stimulation. Preferred wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths for cellular stimulation are in the range between 600 to 900 nm, particularly preferable between 620 and 880 nm, and very particularly preferably between 650 and 870 nm. Examples of particularly preferred wavelengths for cellular stimulation are 683.7, 667.5, 772.3, 750.7, 846, and 812.5 nm.
Any disease and/or cosmetic condition approachable by phototherapy can be treated with the functional materials and fiber devices, particularly OLEDs, comprising them. These diseases and/or conditions include, e.g., skin diseases, and skin-related conditions including skin-ageing, and cellulite, enlarged pores, oily skin, folliculitis, precancerous solar keratosis, skin lesion, wrinkled and sun-damaged skin, crow's feet, skin ulcers (diabetic, pressure, venous stasis), acne rosacea lesions, cellulite, photomodulation of sebaceous oil glands and the surrounding tissues, reducing wrinkles, acne scars and acne bacteria, inflammation, pain, wounds, psychological and neurological related diseases and conditions, edema, Pagets disease, primary and metastatic tumors, connective tissue disease, manipulation of collagen, fibroblast, and fibroblast derived cell levels in mammalian tissue, illuminating retina, neoplastic, neovascular and hypertrophic diseases, inflammation and allergic reactions, perspiration, sweating and hyperhydrosis from eccrine (sweat) or apocrine glands, jaundice, vitiligo, ocular neovascular diseases, bulimia nervosa, herpes, seasonal affective disorders, mood, sleep disorders, skin cancer, crigler naijar, atopic dermatitis, diabetic skin ulcers, pressure ulcers, bladder infections, relief of muscular pains, pain, stiffness of joints, reduction of bacteria, gingivitis, whitening teeth, treatment of teeth and tissue in mouth, wound healing.
Cosmetic conditions are preferably selected from acne, skin rejuvenation and skin wrinkles, cellulite, and vitiligo. Many therapeutic treatments also have cosmetic component. Psoriasis, e.g., can be mild, mild-to-moderate, moderate, moderate-to-severe and severe. Any of these categories has a cosmetic component, which may be responsible for severe psychological problems of affected patients.
The present invention also relates to the use of said functional material and/or light emitting fibers comprising the functional materials characterized in that the fiber comprises a fiber core having an outer first electrode; at least one organic light emitting layer positioned over an outer surface of the first electrode; and a light transmissive second electrode positioned over the organic light emitting layer; wherein the at least one organic light emitting layer comprises at least one organic material that emits light when a voltage is applied across the first and second electrode.
The organic light emitting fibers used according to the present invention and their preparation are disclosed in US 6538375 and US 2003/0099858 which are incorporated herein by reference. Figure 1 schematically depicts the setup of organic light emitting fibers (Figure 1a) and cross sectional view in Figure 1 b)). They comprise a fiber core 10 having a first electrode 20, at least one organic light emitting layer 30 positioned over an outer surface of the first electrode, and a light transmissive second electrode 40 positioned over the organic light emitting layer. Preferably the first electrode is a cathode and the second electrode is an anode. On the outer surface of the anode may be a metal contact element having a first surface in contact with a first portion of an outer surface of the anode, and a power source electrically connected to the cathode and the metal contact element.
The fiber core 10 may be transparent, translucent, opaque or reflective. The materials used can be glass, plastic, ceramic or metal foils, where plastic and metal foils are preferably used for flexible substrates. The fiber core member 10 may comprise a flexible polymeric or metallic material. Suitable polymeric materials for fiber core member 10 are polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, or polytetrafluorethylene; polysiloxane; epoxy, polyacrylate; polyethyleneterephtalate; and derivatives thereof. Fiber core element 10 may comprise a glass or a metal such as aluminium, copper, or steel.
The glass used can be, for example, soda-lime glass, Ba- or Sr-containing glass, lead glass, aluminium silicate glass, borosilicate glass, Ba
borosilicate glass or quartz.
Plastic plates can consist, for example, of polycarbonate resin, acrylic resin, vinyl chloride resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polyimide resin, polyester resin, epoxy resin, phenolic resin, silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyether sulfide resin or polysulfone resin.
For transparent fibers, use is made, for example, of polyethylene, ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, polypropylene, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, PVC, polyvinyl alcohol,
polyvinylbutyral, nylon, polyether ether ketone, polysulfone, polyether sulfone, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymers, polyvinyl fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene- hexafluoropropylene copolymers, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyester, polycarbonate, polyurethanes, polyimide or polyether imide.
Other materials than those mentioned here can also be used as fiber core 10. Suitable materials are known to the person skilled in the art.
The flexible core member 10, if present, may comprise a flexible metal wire, such as an aluminum, copper or steel wire, a flexible glass fiber or a flexible plastic fiber. The core member preferably has a diameter (or height or width for non-circular cross sections) of about 1 μηι to about 10 mm, particularly preferably 5 μηι to 5 mm, and very particularly preferably 10 μΐτι to 1 mm. If desired, the light emitting fiber may also comprise an optional radiation transmissive moisture and/or air barrier layer 50 and/or an optional radiation transmissive encapsulating material 60, as illustrated in Figure 1. The inner surface of layer 50 surrounds the outer surface of the anode 40, and the inner surface of material 60 surrounds the outer surface of the layer 50, if layer 50 is present, or the outer surface of the anode 40.
If desired, the light emitting fiber may also comprise an optional refractive index matching layer or an capping layer. The said refractive index matching layer is used to improve out-coupling of the light from the device. The inner surface of refractive index matching layer surrounds the outer surface of the anode 40, and the inner surface of material 50 surrounds the outer surface of refractive index matching layer, if layer 50 is present. Such refractive index matching layers are helpful for light out-coupling. Suitable materials are dielectric materials with a high refractive index such as
CsCI, NPB, C60, MeO-TPD, ZnO, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1 ,10- phenanthroline (BCP), Alq3, Au, and SnO2. The thickness of the index matching layer can be in the range between 1 and 300 nm, preferably in the range between 5 and 100 nm, and particularly preferably in the range between 10 and 60 nm. More details on refractive index matching can be found in US 20080231959 A1.
The light emitting fiber has a high brightness and can be made flexible if it has a fiber or tube shape. The fiber or tube shaped OLEDs may have an improved moisture resistance while remaining flexible, in contrast to prior art flat plate OLEDs, by adding an outer moisture/air barrier layer and/or by forming an outer moisture and air impervious metal electrode around the fiber core. The term fiber means a shape having a length which is much greater than the cross sectional diameter (or width or height for non-circular cross sections). In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the term fiber means a shape that has rather large length to diameter ratio, such as 10:1 or greater. Particularly preferably, the length to diameter ratio is 100:1 or greater.
The first electrode 20 may be a cathode and the second electrode 40 may be a light transmissive anode. However, the polarity of the electrodes 20, 40 may be reversed, and electrode 20 may be the anode and electrode 40 may be the cathode. The two electrodes 20, 40 and the organic radiation emitting layer 30 comprise the OLED device.
The fiber core may comprise a flexible fiber core member 10 and the first electrode 20 over the outer surface of the fiber core member 10. Preferably, the fiber core member 10 has the non-planar outer surface, such as a circular outer surface, and the first electrode 20 is formed around the entire outer surface of the fiber core member 10, such that the electrode 20 also has a non-planar outer surface, such as a circular surface. In an alternative preferred aspect of the present invention, the fiber core member 10 may be omitted, and the fiber core may consist entirely of the first electrode 20, such as a metal electrode having an elongated fiber shape. The electrode 20 may be hollow or solid. Preferably, the electrode contains a non-planar outer surface, such as a circular surface.
The flexible OLED fiber further comprises a power source electrically connected to the cathode 20 and the anode 40. The power source may be a voltage source, such as a small battery, a printed battery or a plug that plugs into a socket. The power source is connected to the cathode 20 and the anode 40. The power source may also contain a switch which allows the user to turn the device on and off, and/or a brightness control, such as a potentiometer. The device may comprise an interactive steering unit. The steering unit may, e.g., allow a switch from continuous illumination to pulsed illumination. It also may allow the precise adaptation of irradiation intensities and/or wavelengths to be emitted. The steering unit may be directly associated to the device. It can also be separated via a permanent or temporary linkage. The device may be disposable and is suitable for uses in the hospital or outside the hospital.
The steering unit may be used interactively by the user, patient, physician, nurse, or other persons. The steering unit can also be operate according to the specification of expert, e.g. a physician, by programming it.
The fiber can also comprises a metal contact element in contact with a first portion of the outer surface of the radiation transmissive anode 40. The purpose of the contact element is to reduce the voltage drop along the length of the OLED fiber, since a radiation transmissive anode material, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), may not have a high enough electrical conductivity to obtain the desired value of the voltage drop. The contact element may comprise any conductive metal, such as aluminum or copper. The moisture barrier layer 50 may comprise any material that prevents moisture from permeating into the organic layer 30, such as Si02, Si3N4 or silicon oxynitride. The encapsulation material 60 may comprise silicone or epoxy.
While the fiber organic light emitting fiber as depicted in Figure 1 has a circular cross section, it may have any other desired cross section. For example, the fiber may contain an oval cross section, a polygonal cross section (e.g. a square cross section) or a combination circular, oval or polygonal cross sections. The light emitting fiber preferably has a diameter (or height/width for non- circular cross sections) of about 1 μηι to about 2 mm, particularly preferably 5 μΐη to 1 mm, and very particularly preferably 10 μιη to 0.5 mm.
The organic radiation emitting layer 30 preferably has a thickness of about 20 to about 500 nm, particularly preferably of about 30 to about 200 nm, and very particularly preferably of about 30 to about 90 nm and the electrodes 20, 40 each preferably have a thickness of about 100 to about 10000 nm.
Materials for the electrodes and emissive layer(s) are described elsewhere within the present invention. Further materials, the set up of the OLED fibers and the preparation of OLED fibers by, e.g. vapour deposition or liquid deposition methods are described in detail in US 6538375 and U 2003/0099858 and are incorporated herein by reference.
If desired, a luminescent material, such as a phosphor or a fluorescent dye may be added to the encapsulation material 50. The luminescent material emits visible light having a first wavelength, in response to being irradiated by visible or ultraviolet radiation having a shorter, second wavelength, emitted by the organic radiation emitting layer 30. For example, the luminescent material may emit yellow or white light in response to incident ultraviolet or blue radiation, respectively, from layer 30. The mixture of blue and yellow light appears as white light to an observer. Thus, the light emitting fiber appears to emit white light to the observer, even when layer 30 does not emit white light. The device may also emit any color of light other than white, if desired.
Examples of phosphor materials that can be utilized include those phosphors based on cerium doped into a Y3AI5O12 (YAG) lattice which crystallizes in the garnet structure. Specific examples include (Y1-x- yGDxCey)3AI5Oi2 (YAG:Gd,Ce), (Yi-x-Cex)3AI5O12 (YAG:Ce), (Yi-xCexMA . yGay)50i2 (YAG:Ga,Ce) and (Yi-x-yGdxCey)3(Al5-zGaz)5012 (YAG:Gd,Ga,Ce) and (Gdi-xCex)Sc2AI30i2 (GSAG). The YAG phosphors can be described generally as (Yi-x-YGdxCeY)3(AI1-zGaz)50i2, wherein x + y≤ 1 ; 0≤x≤ 1 ; 0≤ y≤ 1 ; and 0≤ z≤ 1. The position of the peak of the emission band varies considerably in the aforementioned phosphors. Depending on the garnet composition, the Ce3+ emission can be tuned from the green
(approximately 540 nm; YAG:Ga,Ce) to the red (approximately 600 nm; YAG:Gd:Ce) without appreciable loss in the luminescence efficiency. An appropriate phosphor material or blend of phosphor materials in
combination with a blue or UV emission of the organic radiation emitting fiber can produce a white field. Green-emitting phosphors that can be used according to the present invention: Ca8Mg(SiO4)4CI2:Eu2+,Mn2+; GdB03:Ce3\ Tb3+;
CeMgAln019:Tb3+; Y2Si05:Ce3\Tb3+; and BaMg2Ali60: Eu2+,Mn2+.
Red-emitting phosphors that can be used according to the present invention: Y203:Bi3+; Sr2P207:Eu2+,Mn2+; SrMgP207:Eu2+, Mn2+;
(Y,Gd)(V,B)O4:Eu3+; and 3.5 MgO.0.5MgF2.GeO2: Mn4+.
Blue-emitting phosphors that can be used according to the present invention: BaMg2AI16027:Eu2+ and Sr5(PO4)i0CI2:Eu2+.
Still other ions may be incorporated into the inorganic phosphor to transfer energy from the light emitted from the organic material to other activator ions in the phosphor host lattice as a way to increase the energy utilization. For example, when Sb3+ and Mn2+ ions exist in the same phosphor lattice, Sb3+ efficiently absorbs light in the blue region, which is not absorbed very efficiently by Mn2+, and transfers the energy to Mn2+ ion. Thus, a larger total amount of light emitted by the organic EL material is absorbed by both ions, resulting in higher quantum efficiency of the total device. ln addition, more than one phosphor material may be combined together and then utilized with an organic radiation emitting device to achieve different colors, color temperatures, and color rendition indices. Other phosphors which can be used are described in US 09/469,702, which is hereby incorporated by reference. An example of a suitable red emitting inorganic phosphor is SrB4O7:Sm2+, where the Sm2+ following the colon represents an activator. This phosphor absorbs most visible wavelengths shorter than 600 nm and emits light as a deep red line with a wavelength greater than 650 nm. An example of a suitable green emitting inorganic phosphor is SrGa2S4:Eu2+. This phosphor absorbs below 500 nm and has a maximum emission at 535 nm. An example of a suitable blue emitting inorganic phosphor is BaMg2AI 6O27 :Eu2+. BaMg2Ali6O27:Eu2+ absorbs most wavelengths below 430 nm and has a maximum emission at 450 nm.
Examples of organic dyes which can be utilized as the luminescent material include coumarin 460 (blue), coumarin 6 (green), and nile red.
The organic radiation emitting fiber may also include an optional radiation scattering layer, comprising scattering particles such as T1O2, AI2O3, or SiO2 for effective color mixing and brightness uniformity. The scattering particles can also be mixed into the encapsulating material 60, or be formed as a separate layer over the encapsulating material 60, if desired.
A variety of organic radiation emitting layers 30 can be used in conjunction with exemplary embodiments of the invention. The organic radiation emitting layer may comprise at least one polymer layer or at least one organic molecule containing layer.
The radiation emitting layer 30 comprise at least one functional layer. The functional layer can be selcted from any type of functional layer typically found in OLEDs. The materials found in these functional layer can be selected from any functional material known to one skilled in the art. Preferably the functional materials described elsewhere within the present invention are used in the functional layer. The functional materials used in functional layers can therefore be small molecules, polymers, oligomers, dendrimers, and blends. Typical functional layers found in OLEDs are emissive layer (EML), hole injection layer (HIL), hole transport layer (HTL), hole blocking layer (HBL), electron transport layer (ETL), electron injection layer (EIL), electron blocking layer (EBL), and exciton blocking layer (ExBL).
A typical sequence of layers as found in an OLED and, thus, also find in the radiation emitting layer 30 is, for example:
- optionally a hole injection layer (HIL),
- optionally a hole transport layer (HTL) and/or an electron blocking layer (EBL),
- an emissive layer,
- optionally an electron transport layer (ETL) and/or a hole blocking layer (HBL),
- optionally an electron injection layer (EIL),
The sequence of the given layer structure is exemplary. Other sequences are possible. Mainly depending on the deposition technique used, different layer structures can be obatined. In the case of thermal vacuum
evaporation, multi-layer OLEDs are preferred, such as
anode/HIL/HTL/EML/ETUEIL/cathode, allowing to separate and optimise the different functions in the corresponding layers. In the case of solution- based coating techniques, such as inkjet printing, screen printing and spin- coating, simple device structures with a few layers are preferred, e.g., anode/HIL/EML/cathode. By employing a suitable immobilisation technique, for example cross-linking, a multilayer structure can also be ontained by a solution-based coating technique. A polymer is a typical soluble materials suitable for a solution-based coating technique. State-of-the-art PLEDs often comprise an interlayer.
The term interlayer (IL) as used herein is defined as layer between the hole injection layer (or buffer layer) and the emissive layer in polymer light emitting diodes (PLEDs), being an electron blocking layer, as disclosed for example in WO 2004/084260 A2. The typical device structure of PLEDs with interlayer is therefore anode/HIL/IL/EMUcathode.
Preferably the organic radiation emitting layer 30 comprises a single layer. The organic radiation emitting layer 30 may comprise, for example, a conjugated polymer which is luminescent, a hole-transporting polymer doped with electron transport molecules and a luminescent material, or an inert polymer doped with hole transporting molecules and a luminescent material. The organic radiation emitting layer 30 may also comprise an amorphous film of luminescent small organic molecules which can be doped with other luminescent molecules.
The organic radiation emitting layer 30 comprises two or more sublayers which carry out the functions of hole injection, hole transport, electron injection, electron transport, and luminescence. Only the luminescent layer is required for a functioning device. The organic radiation emitting layer 30 can comprise 1 to 6 sublayers including, for example, a hole injection sublayer, a hole transport sublayer, a luminescent sublayer, and an electron injection sublayer. In another very preferred embodiment, the radiation emitting layer 30 is a soluble based system comprising a multilayer structure as follows:
HIUIL/EML as disclosed for example in WO 2004/084260 A2, wherein the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises soluble organic compcounds, which can be a mixture of small molecules, a mixture of small molecules and polymer(s), and a blend of polymers, particularly preferably a conjugated polymer or a mixture comprising at least one phosphorescent emitter, which can be selected from the phosphorescent emitters as described above, either being a small molecule or a polymer.
Conjugated polymers are discussed, for example, in R. H. Friend, 4 J. Mol. Electronics 37-46 (1988). One example of a conjugated polymer is PPV (poly(p-phenylenevinylene). PPV emits light in the spectral range of about 500 to690 nm and has good resistance to thermal and stress induced cracking.
Other examples of suitable conjugated polymers are those comprising backbone units selected from for example, 4,5-dihydropyrene derivatives, 4,5,9, 10-tetrahydropyrene derivatives, fluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in US 5962631 , WO 2006/052457 A2 and WO 2006/118345A1 , 9,9'-spirobifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in
WO 2003/020790 A1 , 9,10-phenanthrene derivatives as disclosed, for example, in WO 2005/104264 A1 , 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2005/014689 A2, 5,7-dihydrodibenzooxepine derivatives and cis- and trans-indenofluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2004041901 A1 , WO 2004113412 A2 and , binaphthylene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2006/063852 A1 , and further backbone units as disclosed for example in WO 2005/056633A1 ,
EP 1344788A1 and WO 2007/043495A1 , WO 2005/033174 A1,
WO 2003/099901 A1 and DE 102006003710.3.
Further suitable conjugated polymer based on fluorene derivatives, as disclosed for example in US 5,962,631, WO 2006/052457 A2 and
WO 2006/118345 A1 , spiro-bifluorene derivatives as disclosed for example in WO 2003/020790 A1 , benzofluorene, dibenzofluorene, benzothiophene, dibenzofluorene and their derivatives as disclosed for example in
WO 2005/056633A1 , EP 1344788A1 and WO 2007/043495A1
In a particulary preferred embodiment, the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises a phosphorescent composition. The preferred phosphorescent composition is a mixture of host material and emissive metal complex, as disclosed for example in EP2005005021 and WO 2005040302_A1 , and further preferably, the host material is selected from non-conjugated polymers, as disclosed from example in DE 102009023156.0. and DE 102009023154.4.
The above described oligomers, polymers, or mixtures of small molecules and/or polymers are readily soluble in common organic solvents. They are processable into thin films or coatings by conventional techniques such as spin coating, spray coating, dip coating, inkjet printing, and roller coating. Upon curing, such films demonstrate resistance to common organic solvents and high heat resistance.
The fiber OLED according to the present invention can be preferably mass produced using dip-coating. One general production line is schematically shown in Figure 12, taking, for example, a fiber OLED having a structure of anode/HIM/interlayer/EML/cathode, wherein the electrodes are deposited by physical vapor deposition and the organic function layers, HIM, interlayer and EML are coated by dip-coating. The physical vapor deposition methods could be selected from such as thermal vacuum evaporation, sputtering, Cathodic Arc Deposition, Pulsed laser deposition and e-beam etc.. Another particularly preferred production method is all solution based, as
schematically shown in Figure 13. The components used in both Figure 12 and 13 are explained as follows: 210 is a fiber core; 130 is a deposition chamber for the first electrode; 200 is a deposition chamber for the second electrode; 240 is a container comprising an ink comprising a conductive material for the first electrode; 140 is a container containing solution of buffer material or HIM; 160 is a container containing a solution or a formulation of HTM or interlayer material; 180 is a container containing a solution or a formulation of an emissive composition; 250 is a container containing an ink comprising a conductive material for the second electrode; 150, 170, 190, 220 and 230 are dryers. The treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of therapeutic conditions and/or cosmetic conditions by phototherapy requires, at least in some cases, the employment of different wavelengths. In order to prepare a device emitting more than one wavelength or more than one ranges of wavelengths different strategies are possible and all of them are covered by the present invention. Different wavelengths can be achieved by the use of more than one radiation emitting layer 30 in one fiber with different functional materials emitting light of different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths. Preferably the light emitting fiber according to the present invention comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 radiation emitting layer 30.
As outlined elsewhere within the present invention the radiation emitting layer 30 shows the typical structure of layers or sublayers typically found in OLEDs. Thus, the radiation emitting layer 30 can comprise one or more layer. The radiation emitting layer 30 can also comprises different emissive materials in either the same emissive layer or in different emissive layers. Preferably the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emissive layers. Preferably the the radiation emitting layer 30 comprises 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emissive materials. The emissive layer can preferably comprise 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1 emissive materials. The different emissive materials are selected from the emissive materials as described above, but any other emissive material suitable can be employed. If two emissive materials are used in one emissive layer the absoption spectrum of one of the two emissive materials preferably overlaps with the emission spectrum of the other emissive material.
Different wavelengths can also be accomplished by dividing the light emitting fiber into small segments having n distinct radiation emitting layer 30 as depicted in Figure 2 a) and b) emitting n different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths. If multiple segments are used in one fiber then n is preferably 4, particularly preferably 3, and very particularly preferably 2 (see Figure 2 b). However, even if n is 1 , multiple segments can be used in one fiber.
Devices emitting different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths can also be obtained by employing different light emitting fibers as depicted in Figure 3 and Figure 4, whereby n is defined as above. Particular prefernce is given to a device comprising two distinct light emitting fibers (see Figure 4).
The parallel arrangement of light emitting fibers in an device is only one possibility. Any processing known for fibers can be employed. The fibers can, e.g. be woven as depicted in Figure 5. Hereby different light emitting fibers can be processed in order to get a canvas emitting different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths. The fibers emitting the same wavelength(s) can be arranged in parallel to each other so that fibers emitting different wavelength(s) are peripendicular to each other (Figure 6). The fibers emitting different wavelength(s) can also be arranged in an alternating fashion.
Figure 7 shows as exemplary embodiment of the present invention a light emitting device which is a plaster. It comprises a side for attaching 1 the plaster to the subject to be treated. It can also comprise a power supply 2 which can be, e.g., a battery and particularly a printed battery. In 2 also a steering unit may be incorporated. The plaster can also comprise a reflective material 3 which is not transparent or only partly transparent. The reflective material 3 improves the efficiency of the device. The device may, dependant on the light emitting fibers 4 emit different wavelengths λι to λπ, wherein n is preferably 3, particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 1. The device comprising the light emitting fibers can be stiff or flexible, wherein flexibility includes both plasticity and elasticity. By choosing the appropriate materials the degree of flexibility of the light emitting fibers can be tailored to any desired value. Stiffness can be achieved by either stiffness of the device, stiffness of the fibers or stiffness of both device and fibers. The overall device can be, at least in part, flexible even if the light emitting fibers are not. This can be accomplished, e.g., if the fibers are arranged on the device so that they run in paralell. The paralell fibers can be fixed on a flexible substrate, such as a plaster and flexibility occurs perpendicular to the fibers. The fibers can be stiff or flexible and flexible fibers can either be ductil, i.e. it can be deformed plastically without fracture, or elastic, i.e. the fiber deforms reversibly and once the forces responsible for deformation are no longer applied, the object returns to its original shape. Preferably the fiber is flexible. The device comprising the fibers can therefore adopt any shape according to the physiognomy of the subject to be treated and it can follow the movements and changes of its shape instantaneously. In another preferred embodiment the fiber deforms plastically. If the fiber is, e.g., incorporated in a bandage or plaster, the plaster can be adopted to the physiognomy of the subject to be treated. However, it may not follow the subject's changes of the surface. Depending on the degree of plasticity and stiffness the plaster or bandage can stabilize parts of the surface to be treated.
The said functional materials can be used as outlined above, e.g., in order to treat humans. The said functional materials can also be used as outlined above, e.g., in order to treat animals. The functional materials are used in light emitting fibers and the light emitting fibers are used in devices employed for the said treatments. The device comprises an attachment means for attaching the device to a human or animal subject. Further subjects and objects suitable to be treated by the irradiation with said functional materials and light emitting fibers comprising them are, e.g., plants, microbes, bacteria, fungi, and any kind of liquids and solids.
Microbes include, but are not limited to, prokaryotes such as bacteria and archaea and eukaryotes such as protists, animals, fungi and plants.
Preferred liquids are soft drinks, beverages and particularly preferably water and drinking water. Further preferred objects to be treated are foodstuff and nutrition.
As already outlined within the present invention the device can have any shape, be rigid or flexible. The device requires energy supply in any form. The energy supply may be directly associated to the device or separated by, e.g., a cable. A battery, particularly a printable battery, may be attached to the device in order to provide a device which is comfortable for the subject to be treated forming a totally self-contained portable unit.
Irradiation may, thus, occur at any time and at any place without disturbing the subject to be treated in its habits or daily life. Home use of devices according to the present invention is particularly preferable. The device may be self adhesive and detachable. It may conform a planar or non-planar portion of the body or be an implantable probe.
As already outlined within the present invention the device may comprise an interactive steering unit. The steering unit may allow a switch from
continuous illumination to pulsed illumination. It also may allow the precise adaptation of irradiation intensities and/or wavelengths to be emitted. The steering unit may be directly associated to the device. It can also be separated via a permanent or temporary linkage. The device may be disposable and is suitable for uses in the hospital or outside the hospital.
In any case the device according to the present invention is suitable as light weight device for portable use. However, stationary devices can also be prepared. The device is sufficiently portable to enable ambulatory treatment i.e. treatment in which the subject can move around freely. It can be subsequently removed in the human subject's own time, so that treatment could take place almost everywhere. This results in a better convenience and lower costs (from avoiding either an out-patient or inpatient stay in hospital).
In the case of PDT the treatment is often associated with pain. Ambulatory devices according to the present invention can be used with lower light levels since exposure can occur for a longer period of time. This overcomes a problem of pain induced in some patients by the high irradiances from conventional sources used in hospitals. In addition lower irradiance is more effective in PDT due to reduction of the extent of photobleaching of the photopharmaceutical.
The devices may be provided with a photochemical and/or a
photopharmaceutical preparation present. This may be in the form of a gel, ointment or cream. Alternatively, or as well, the device may be provided with a thin film impregnated with the photopharmaceutical. Typically, the photopharmaceutical preparation is provided as a layer in contact with the light source. Provided that the photopharmaceutical preparation is transparent or sufficiently translucent for the frequency of stimulating light, the resulting device can be readily applied without a separate step of applying the photopharmaceutical to a patient. Creams which would scatter the light may nevertheless be used if they are absorbed before the light source is switched on. A photopharmaceutical layer may be covered by a peelable release medium, such as a silicone-backed sheet. The
photopharmaceutical preparation may comprise an inactive compound which is metabolised in vivo to an active compound. Delivery of the photopharmaceutical can be assisted by iontophoresis.
The output of light from the device may be pulsed and an electronic control circuit or microprocessor may be provided to control this pulsing and/or other aspects of device function such as duration of exposure(s) of the area to be treated and the intensity of emitted light. Pulsed devices may be provided with a preparation of a photochemical and/or a photopharmaceutical substance which is photobleachable or which is metabolised in vivo to a photobleachable chemical species.
The output of the device may take the form of a train of pulses, preferably in which the duration of the pulses is substantially the same as the interval between successive pulses. The period of the pulse train may, for example, be in the range of 20 ms to 2000 s, depending on the photobleaching characteristics of said substance.
Preferably, the attachment means comprises an adhesive surface to enable the device to be attached to a patient.
Further preferred features correspond to the first aspect above.
Preferably, the ambulatory device is provided with a photochemical and/or a photopharmaceutical preparation present. Preferred features of the preparation and its delivery are as above. In particular, the photochemical and/or photopharmaceutical may be photobleachable or may be
metabolised in vivo to a photobleachable chemical species.
The means for activating and deactivating the source may control other aspects of device function such as duration of exposure(s) of the area to be treated and the intensity of emitted light.
The control means may preferably be operable to cover the source to emit a pulse train having any one or more of the preferred features of the pulse train produced by a device.
Suitable devices according to the present invention are selected from sleeves, bandages, pads, plaster, implantable probes, nasogastric tubes, chest drains, stents, clothe like devices, blankets, sleeping bags, canvas and any kind of clothes, devices covering at least one tooth in the mouth, and patches.
The device may be used as a stent, for example a tube of 1.25 to 2.25 cm radius of say 10 to 12 cm length for use inside the oesophagus. The device may be a blanket or sleeping bag in order to treat, e.g., jaundice of infants. Currently infants suffering from jaundice are separated from their parents and illuminated in incubators blindfold. This represents an unpleasant situation for both the infant and the parents. In addition, the infant is not able to adjust his body temperature as easily as adults can do and overheating in the incubator is a critical issue. Flexible blankets and sleeping bag provide a way to treat the infant without these problems. The infant covered by the blanket or sleeping bag can be irradiated while laying in his parents' arms and overheating of the infant's body is not as critical as compared to traditional therapies. This is due to the fact that the devices according to the present invention require less power and produce, in turn, less heat.
In psoriatic patients plaques are often found in body folds. Conventional phototherapy represents a problem which is due to the fact that light emitted by a light source does not reach the plaque in the body folds. OLEDs can be designed to fit into body folds in order to treat psoriasis and other diseases and/or conditions found in body folds. Ductile characteristics of the light emitting fibers and devices comprising them as outlined above can be beneficial for a device intended for the treatment in body folds.
Devices can generally spoken individually tailored in any form that is required for treatment.
The device itself may comprise a therapeutic agent which is released in a controlled way during the treatment.
The functional materials can be used to prepare devices comprising light emitting fibers for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions. Preferably, the light emitting fiber comprises or consists of an organic light emitting diode (OLED). Preferably the functional materials according to the present invention can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions
Skin as used herein is defined as the largest organ of the integumentary system including hair, scales, feathers and nails. The term skin also includes the tongue, mucosa and gingival.
In principle any therapeutic and cosmetic condition that is approachable by phototherapy is covered by the present invention. The distinction between the terms therapeutic and cosmetic depends, as outlined above, on individual circumstances, the severity of the condition and the assessment of the physician. As outlined in this invention many therapeutic conditions are associated with cosmetic effects, independent of the severity of the disease.
The skin diseases and skin related conditions include, but are not limited to acneiform eruptions, autoinflammatory skin diseases or conditions, chronic blistering, conditions of the mucous membranes, conditions of the skin appendages, conditions of the subcutaneous fat, connective tissue diseases, abnormalities of dermal fibrous and elastic tissue, dermal and subcutaneous growths, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, eczema, pustular dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis and eczema,
disturbances of pigmentation, drug eruptions, endocrine-related diseases and conditions, epidermal nevi diseases and conditions, neoplasms, cysts, erythemas, genodermatoses, infection-related diseases and conditions, bacterium-related diseases and conditions, mycobacterium-related diseases and conditions, mycosis-related diseases and conditions, parasitic infestations, stings, and bites, virus-related diseases and conditions, lichenoid eruptions, lymphoid-related diseases and conditions, melanocyte nevi and neoplasms, monocyte- and macrophage-related diseases and conditions, mucinoses, neurocutaneous, noninfectious immunodeficiency- related diseases and conditions, nutrition-related diseases and conditions, papulosquamous hyperkeratotic related diseases and conditions, pruritic related diseases and conditions, psoriasis (mild, mild to severe, and severe), reactive neutrophilic diseases and conditions, recalcitrant palmoplantar eruptions, diseases and conditions resulting from errors in metabolism, diseases and conditions resulting from physical factors, urticaria and angioedema, vascular-related diseases and conditions, and periodontitis or other diseases and conditions of the gingival.
Skin related diseases and conditions also include skin tumors, pre- malignant tumors, malignant tumors, cell carcinomas, secondary
metastasis, radiodermatitis and keratosis.
The healing of wounds can also be assigned to skin diseases and skin related conditions. Wound healing can, hereby, occur at the outer surface of the subject to be treated, at its internal parts, at the skin, eye, nail or nail bed, any surface in the subject's mouth, and at the mucosa, gingival, epithelial surface of the vascular system or other part of the subjects body.
The fiber devices comprising the functional materials according to the present invention can be used in cosmetics for skin care and skin repair, e.g. as light plaster. The wavelengths or range of wavelengths emitted by said devices is in the range between 400 and 800 nm, preferably between 450 and 750 nm, particularly preferably between 500 and 700 nm, and very particularly preferably between 580 and 640nm.
Preferably the functional materials according to the present invention can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, solar keratosis, arsenical keratosis, radiodermatitis, and cellulite.
Further preferred skin diseases and skin-related conditions are selected from psoriasis, polymorphous light eruption, solar urticaria, actinic reticuloid atopic eczema, vitiligo, pruritus, lichen planus, early cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, dermographism, and pityriasis lichenoides. Preferably theses diseases and conditions are treated with light having a wavelength or a range of wavelengths between 200 and 500 nm, particularly preferably between 250 and 400 nm, and very particularly preferably between 270 and 350 nm.
The functional materials according to the present invention and fiber devices comprising them can be used for PUVA therapy. PUVA therapy is derived from the therapeutic application of psoralen (7H-furo[3,2- g]chromen-7-one) and derivatives thereof together with UV-A light. PUVA can be employed for the treatment of skin diseases characterized by hyperproliferative conditions. Psoralen is the parent compound in a family of natural products. It is structurally related to coumarines and can preferably be used for the treatment of psoriasis, eczema, vitiligo, mycosis fungoides, cuntaneous T-cell lymphoma, and other autoimmune diseases. With PUVA can also bet treated atopic eczema, lichen planus, urticaria pigmentosa, polymorphous light eruption, and alopecia areata.
Psoralen can be administered orally or topically to the skin. Preferred compounds are psoralen, 8-methoxypsoralen (8-MOP), 5-methoxypsoralen (5-MOP), and 4,5', 8-trimethylpsoralen (TMP). Afetr oral administration of 8- MOP, patients become gradually reactive to UV-A and therefore to photochemotherapeutic treatment. The patients are maximally reactive 2 to 3 hours after ingestion of the drug, and during this period the irradiation is carried out. ln the case of vitiligo khellin can be used instead of psoralen. The combined treatment with light and khellin is often called KUVA.
The functional materials according to the present invention and fiber devices comprising them can also be used for photopheresis.
Photophoreresis is a process by which peripheral blood is exposed in an extracorporeal flow system to photoactivate 5-MOP and represents a treatment for disorders caused by aberrant T lymphocytes. It is a therapy for advanced cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, pemphigus vulgaris and progressive systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). It can be used to treat autoimmune disorders. Further diseases that can be treated include multiple sclerosis, organ transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, and AIDS.
The present invention particularly refers to said functional materials and devices comprising them for the treatment of acneiform eruptions. The term acneiform eruption refers to a group of dermatoses including acne vulgaris, rosacea, folliculitis, and perioral dermatitis. Acneiform eruptions are, generally spoken, caused by changes in the pilosebaceous unit and are selected from acne aestivalis (Mallorca acne), acne conglobata, acne cosmetica, acne fulminans (acute febrile ulcerative acne), acne keloidalis (acne keloidalis nuchae, dermatitis papillaris capillitii, folliculitis keloidalis, folliculitis keloidis nuchae, nuchal keloid acne), acne mecanica, acne medicamentosa, acne miliaris necrotica (acne varioliformis), acne vulgaris, acne with facial edema (solid facial edema), acneiform eruptions,
blepharophyma, erythrotelangiectatic rosacea (erthemaotelangiectatic rosacea), excoriated acne (acne excoriee des jeunes filles, Picker's acne), glandular rosacea, gnathophyma, gram-negative rosacea, granulomatous facial dermatitis, granulomatous perioral dermatitis, halogen acne, hidradenitis suppurativa (acne inversa, Verneuil's disease), idiopathic facial aseptic granuloma, infantile acne, lupoid rosacea (granulomatous rosacea, micropapular tuberculid, rosacea-like tuberculid of Lewandowsky), lupus miliaris disseminatus faciei, metophyma, neonatal acne (acne infantum, acne neonatorum), occupational acne, ophthalmic rosacea (ocular rosacea, ophthalmorosacea), otophyma, persistent edema of rosacea (chronic upper facial erythematous edema, Morbihan's disease, Rosaceous lymphedema), pomade acne, papulopustular rosacea, perifolliculitis capitis abscedens et suffodiens (dissecting cellulitis of the scalp, dissecting folliculitis,
perifolliculitis capitis abscedens et suffodiens of Hoffman), perioral dermatitis, periorbital dermatitis (periocular dermatitis), pyoderma faciale (rosacea fulminans), rhinophyma, rosacea (acne rosacea), rosacea con'globata, rosacea fulminans, SAPHO syndrome, steroid rosacea, tropical acne.
Acne vulgaris (commonly called acne) is a common skin condition, caused by changes in pilosebaceous units, skin structures consisting of a hair follicle and its associated sebaceous gland, via androgen stimulation. It is characterized by noninflammatory follicular papules or comedones and by inflammatory papules, pustules, and nodules in its more severe forms. Acne vulgaris affects the areas of skin with the densest population of sebaceous follicles; these areas include the face, the upper part of the chest, and the back. Severe acne is inflammatory, but acne can also manifest in
noninflammatory forms. Acne lesions are commonly referred to as pimples, blemishes, spots, zits, or simply acne.
Acne occurs most commonly during adolescence, affecting more than 89% of teenagers, and frequently continues into adulthood. In adolescence, acne is usually caused by an increase in male sex hormones, which people of both genders accrue during puberty. For most people, acne diminishes over time and tends to disappear - or at the very least decrease - after one reaches one's early twenties. There is, however, no way to predict how long it will take to disappear entirely, and some individuals will carry this condition well into their thirties, forties and beyond. The face and upper neck are the most commonly affected, but the chest, back and shoulders may have acne as well. The upper arms can also have acne, but lesions found there are often keratosis pilaris. Typical acne lesions are comedones, inflammatory papules, pustules and nodules. Some of the large nodules are also called cysts and the term nodulocystic has been used to describe severe cases of inflammatory acne.
Aside from scarring, its main effects are psychological, such as reduced self-esteem and, in some cases, depression or suicide. Acne usually appears during adolescence, when people already tend to be most socially insecure. Early and aggressive treatment is therefore advocated by some to lessen the overall impact to individuals.
Light exposure can be used as treatment for acne. Used twice weekly, this has been shown to reduce the number of acne lesions by about 64% and is even more effective when applied daily. The mechanism appears to be that a porphyrin (Coproporphyrin III) produced within P. acnes generates free radicals when irradiated by 420 nm and shorter wavelengths of light.
Particularly when applied over several days, these free radicals ultimately kill the bacteria. Since porphyrins are not otherwise present in skin, and no UV light is employed, it appears to be safe.
The treatment apparently works even better if used with a mixture of the violet/blue light and red visible light (e.g. 660 nm) resulting in a 76% reduction of lesions after three months of daily treatment for 80% of the patients; and overall clearance was similar or better than benzoyl peroxide. Unlike most of the other treatments few if any negative side effects are typically experienced, and the development of bacterial resistance to the treatment seems very unlikely. After treatment, clearance can be longer lived than is typical with topical or oral antibiotic treatments; several months is not uncommon. In addition, basic science and clinical work by
dermatologists has produced evidence that intense blue/violet light (405 to 425 nm) can decrease the number of inflammatory acne lesion by 60 to 70% in four weeks of therapy, particularly when the P. acnes is pre-treated with delta-aminolevulinic acid (ALA), which increases the production of porphyrins.
The present invention therefore also relates to a combination of the functional materials and devices comprising them and further active drugs for the treatment of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions. In particular, the present invention relates to the combined use of said functional materials and drugs used for the treatment of acne. The drugs can be selected from any drugs typically employed in order to treat acne, such as antibiotics (topical and/or oral), hormonal treatments, topical retinoids, topical bactericidals, sulfur. Suitable topical bactericidals are, for example, benzoyl peroxide, triclosan, and chlorhexidine gluconate. Suitable topical antibiotics are, for example, erythromycin, clindamycin, and tetracycline. Suitable oral antibiotics are, for example, erythromycin, tetracycline antibiotics (e.g.
oxytetracycline, doxycycline, minocycline, or lymecycline), trimethoprim, and minocycline.
Suitable hormones are, e.g., selected from estrogen, progestogen, a combination of estrogen and progestogen, cyproterone, oestrogen, a combination of cyproterone and oestrogen, drospirenone, spironolactone, and cortisone. Suitable oral retinoids are, for example, vitamin A derivatives such as isotretinoin (e.g. Accutane, Amnesteem, Sotret, Claravis, Clarus). Suitable topical retinoids are, for example, tretinoin (e.g. Retin-A), adapalene (e.g. Differin), tazarotene (e.g. Tazorac), isotretinoin, and retinol. Further suitable drugs are , e.g. selected from anti-inflammatory drugs.
The compositions according to the present invention and devices
comprising them can also be used in combination with dermabrasion to treat or prevent acne. Dermabrasion is a cosmetic medicial procedure in which the surface of the skin is removed by abrasion (sanding). Hereby any therapeutic strategy is included. The drug, e.g., can be administered first for a specific time period followed by the application of phototherapy using the compositions according to the present invention. The time gap between both treatments may also vary, depending on the drug, its photoreactivity, individual circumstances of the subject, and the specific disease or condition. Both treatments may also overlap timely either partly or completely. The exact treatment strategy will depend on the individual circumstances and the severity of the disease or condition.
The combination therapy can have a synergistic effect and can reduce the side effects of traditional treatment strategies (e.g. the side effects of tetracyclines). This is due to the fact, that smaller doses of the drugs may be required when following the combined approach as outlined herein.
Comedones, also called blackhead, can also be treated by phototherapy employing the said functional materials and devices comprising them. A comedon is a yellow or blackish bump or plug on the skin. Actually, it is a type of acne vulgaris. Comedones are caused by excess oils that have accumulated in the sebaceous gland's duct. The substance found in these bumps mostly consists of keratin and modified sebum, which darkens as it oxidizes. Clogged hair follicles, where blackheads often occur, reflect light irregularly to produce a comedon. For this reason, the blockage might not necessarily look black when extracted from the pore, but may have a more yellow-brown colour as a result of its melanin content.
In contrast, a so called whitehead, which is also called closed comedo, is a follicle that is filled with the same material, sebum, but has a microscopic opening to the skin surface. Since the air cannot reach the follicle, the material is not oxidized, and remains white. The said fiber devices comprising the functional materials according to the present invention preferably emit light, when used for the treatment of acne, in the range between 350 and 900 nm, preferably between 380 and
850 nm, particularly preferably between 400 and 850 nm, and very particularly preferably between 400 and 800 nm.
Further particularly preferred light for the treatment of acne is blue light. Preferred blue light has emission wavelengths for the treatment of acne are 390, 391 , 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401 , 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411 , 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421 , 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429 and 430 nm. For example 414 and 415 nm are particularly suitable in order to kill P. acnes bacteria and to help cure existing blemishes and to prevent further outbreaks.
Studies on the application of phototherapy to treat acne revealed that a combination of different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths are particularly suitable to treat acne efficiently. Particularly preferred is therefore a combination of red light and blue light to treat acne. The said red light is preferably selected from the range between 590 to 750 nm, particularly preferably between 600 and 720 nm, and very particularly preferably between 620 and 700 nm. Two further preferred wavelengths for the treatment of acne are 633 and 660 nm. The blue light can be selected from the wavelengths as described above.
In the case of comedo the said fiber devices preferably emit light with a wavelength of 500 nm or light in the range between 500 and 700 nm are particularly preferred.
Cellulite describes a condition that is claimed to occur in most women, where the skin of the lower limbs, abdomen, and pelvic region becomes dimpled. The causes of cellulite are poorly understood and may involve changes in metabolism and physiology such as gender specific dimorphic skin architecture, alteration of connective tissue structure, vascular changes and inflammatory processes. A couple of therapies are applied to prevent or to treat cellulite. Heat and the increase of blood flow are two common techniques. Therefore light therapy is considered to be beneficial to individuals suffering from cellulite. Said functional material and fiber devices comprising them are suitable for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cellulite. PDT is also suitable for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cellulite.
The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cellulite that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices comprising the functional materials is in the range between 400 and 1000 nm, preferably in the range between 400 and 900 nm, particularly preferably between 450 and 900 nm, and very particularly preferably between 500 and 850 nm.
The more general term skin ageing refers to both the formation of wrinkles and hyperpigmentation. The signs of ageing of the human skin resulting from the effects on the skin of intrinsic and extrinsic factors are defined by the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines, by the yellowing of the skin which develops a wizened appearance along with the appearance of pigmentation blemishes, by a change in the thickness of the skin, generally resulting in a thickening of the stratum corneum and of the epidermis and a thinning of the dermis, by disorganization of the elastin and collagen fibers which causes a loss of elasticity, of suppleness and of firmness, and by the appearance of telnagiectasia.
Some of these signs are more particularly associated with intrinsic or physiological ageing, that is so to say with "normal" ageing associated with age, whereas others are more specific to extrinsic ageing, that is so to say ageing caused by the environment in general; such ageing is more particularly photo-ageing due to exposure to the sun. Other factors causing ageing of the skin are atmospheric pollution, wounds, infections,
traumatisms, anoxia, cigarette smoke, hormonal status, neuropeptides, electromagnetic fields, gravity, lifestyle (e.g. excessive consumption of alcohol), repetitive facial expressions, sleeping positions, and psychological stressors.
The changes in the skin which occur due to intrinsic ageing are the consequence of a genetically programmed sequence involving endogenous factors. This intrinsic ageing in particular causes slowing down of the regeneration of skin cells, which is reflected essentially in the appearance of clinical damage such as a reduction of the subcutaneous adipose tissue and the appearance of fine lines or small wrinkles, and in histopathological changes such as an increase in the number and thickness of the elastic fibers, a loss of vertical fibers from the elastic tissue membrane and the presence of large irregular fibroblasts in the cells of this elastic tissue.
In contrast, extrinsic ageing results in clinical damage such as thick wrinkles and the formation of flabby and weather-beaten skin, and in
histopathological changes such as an excessive accumulation of elastic substance in the upper dermis and degeneration of the collagen fibers.
There are different biological and molecular mechanisms which are responsible for the ageing of the skin and the process is currently not fully understood. However, it was recognized that both ilntrinsic and extrinsic factors of ageing of the skin share common mechanisms [P. U. Giacomoni et al., Biogerontology 2004, 2, 219-229]. These factors trigger a process leading to the accumulation of damages in the skin resulting in skin ageing since the expression of cell adhesion molecules provokes recruitment and diapedesis of circulating immune cells, which digest the extracellular matrix (ECM) by secreting collagenases, myeloperoxidases and reactive oxygen species.
The activation of these lytic processes provokes random damage of these resident cells, which in turn secrete prostaglandins and leukotrienes. These signaling molecules induce the degranulation of resident mast cells which release the autacoid histamine and the cytokine TNFalpha thus activating endothelial cells lining adjacent capillaries which release P-selectin and the synthesis of cell adhesion molecules such as E-selectin and ICAM-1. This closes a self-maintained micro-inflammatory cycle, which results in the accumulation of ECM damage, i.e. skin ageing.
There is a strong cosmetic and therapeutic need for novel strategies, materials, and devices for the treatment or prophylaxis of skin ageing.
Various cosmetic and therapeutic compositions (including for skin care) intended inter alia to prevent or treat ageing of the skin are known. Retinoic acid and derivatives thereof have been described as anti-ageing agents in skin care, cosmetic, or dermatological compositions, in particular in
US 4603146. Hydroxy acids such as lactic acid, glycolic or alternatively citric acid are also known for this same application, these acids having been described in numerous patents and publications (e.g. EP-A-413528) and introduced into numerous skin care, cosmetic, or dermatological
compositions on the market. Aromatic orthohydroxy acids such as salicylic acid have also been proposed (e.g. WO 93/10756 and WO 93/10755 ).
All of these compounds act against ageing of the skin by desquamation, that is to say removal of the dead cells at the surface of the stratum corneum. This desquamation is also referred as to a keratolytic property. However, these compounds also have side effects, consisting of stinging and redness, which the user finds unpleasant. Thus, there remains a need for anti-ageing strategies which are at least as effective as the known compounds, but do not exhibit their drawbacks. Unlike the established strategies to treat or prevent skin ageing, intervening the micro-inflammation cascade at a very early stage is a novel concept and treating and
preventing intrinsic and extrinsic skin ageing according to the present inventions represents a strategy without the drawbacks known from other strategies. Phototherapy provides a new way to treat ageing of the skin. Thus, another subject of the invention is the use of the said functional materials and fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing. This means, that the present invention provides solutions, inter alia, for skin rejuvenation and to reduce or prevent the formation of wrinkles.
The wavelength for the treatment of skin ageing that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices is in the range between 400 and 950 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 550 and 900nm, and particularly preferably between 550 and 860 nm.
The fiber devices comprising the functional materials may also emit light of different wavelengths or wavelength ranges which also applies for other embodiments of the present invention.
In another preferred embodiment of the present invention the said fiber devices comprising the functional materials used for the treatment of skin ageing emits light in the range of 600 nm and 650 nm, particularly preferably in the range between 620 nm and 650 nm.
The said fiber devices used for the treatment and/or prevention of skin ageing preferably comprises at least one organic electroluminescent compound which emits light in the range between 350 and 950 nm, preferably between 380 and 900 nm, and particularly preferably between 400 and 900 nm.
Further particularly preferred light for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing is blue light. Preferred blue light has emission wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing are 390, 391 , 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401 , 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411 , 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421 , 422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, and 430 nm. For example 415 nm is particularly suitable.
Further particular preferred light for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of skin ageing has a wavelength between 400 and 900 nm.
Skin rejuvenation can also be achieved with light of the wavelength of 830 nm or slightly below or above that value. Therefore, fiber devices according to the present invention emitting light in the range between 700 nm and 1000 nm, preferably between 750 nm and 900 nm, particularly preferably between 750 nm and 860 nm, and very particularly preferably between 800 nm and 850 nm are also subject of the present invention. Redness of the skin of a subject can be treated by fiber devices according to the present invention. The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of redness that is to be emitted by the said devices is in the range between 460 and 660 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 500 and 620 nm, and particularly preferably between 540 and 580 nm. One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 560 nm.
Dermatitis of a subject can be treated by said fiber devices. The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of dermatitis that is to be emitted by the fiber devices is in the range between 470 and 670 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 490 and 650nm, and particularly preferably between 530 and 610 nm. Two particularly preferred
wavelengths for this purpose are 550 nm and 590 nm.
Atopic eczema of a subject can be treated by fiber devices according to the present invention. The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of atopic eczema that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices is in the range between 470 and 670 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 490 and 650nm, and particularly preferably between 530 and 610 nm. One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 320 nm. Psoriasis can be treated by said devices according to the present invention. The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of psoriasis that is to be emitted by the said devices is in the range between 240 and 600 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 290 and 500nm, and particularly preferably between 300 and 480 nm. Examples of particularly preferred wavelengths for the treatment of psoriasis are 310, 311 , 320, 400, 410, and 420 nm.
Vitiligo can be treated by fiber devices according to the present invention. The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of vitiligo that is to be emitted by the said fiber devices is in the range between 240 and 500 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 290 and 400nm, and particularly preferably between 300 and 330 nm. One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 311 nm.
Targeted phototherapy has enabled therapeutic dosing of ultraviolet light to specific dermatoses while minimizing exposure of healthy skin. Specifically, the 308 nm wavelength of light within the ultraviolet B range has been shown as particularly effective for many dermatoses, including vitiligo;
psoriasis; and leukoderma such as that associated with scars, striae alba and post-CO2 laser resurfacing.
The fiber devices according to the present invention can also be used for the treatment of edema. Edema , formerly known as dropsy or hydropsy, is an abnormal accumulation of fluid beneath the skin or in one or more cavities of the body. Generally, the amount of interstitial fluid is determined by the balance of fluid homeostasis, and increased secretion of fluid into the interstitium or impaired removal of this fluid may cause edema. Five factors can contribute to the formation of edema: (1) It may be facilitated by increased hydrostatic pressure or by reduced oncotic pressure within blood vessels or (2) by increased blood vessel wall permeability as in inflammation or (4) by obstruction of fluid clearance via the lymphatic or (5) by changes in the water retaining properties of the tissues themselves. Raised hydrostatic pressure often reflects retention of water and sodium by the kidney.
The fiber devices according to the present invention used for the treatment of edema preferably comprises at least one organic electroluminescent compound (which is a functional material) which emits light in the range between 760 and 940 nm, preferably between 780 and 920 nm, particularly preferably between 800 and 900 nm, and very particularly preferably between 820 and 880 nm.
One further particularly preferred emission wavelength for the treatment of edema is 850 nm.
The functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of infections and inflammatory, neurological, and psychological diseases and/or conditions.
Many inflammatory diseases, disorder, and conditions can be treated with phototherapy. Thus, the use of said functional material for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of inflammatory disorders wherein the device comprises a least one organic light emitting device is also subject of the present invention.
Inflammatory diseases and conditions cover a wide range of indications. Many diseases or condition which are seemingly unrelated to inflammation have inflammatory components that can be treated with the functional materials according to the present invention. The skin diseases and conditions mentioned in the present invention all have inflammatory components, such as acne, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, eczema. A non limiting selection of further inflammatory diseases and conditions that can be treated with functional materials according to the present invention are arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, gingival inflammation, inflammation of the mucosa, inflammation of the nail bed, arteriosclerosis, and inflammation of the vascular system.
Preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inflammation are in the range between 350 and 900 nm, particularly preferably between 380 and 900 nm, and very particularly preferably between 400 and 860 nm. Further preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inflammation are 405, 420, and 850 nm.
The said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of infections. Infections can be caused by bacteria and viruses. Light has several positive effects on infections. Light has, e.g., anti-inflammatory effects through the stimulation of the tissue as outlined elsewhere within the present invention.
Phototherapy with said functional materials and fiber devices comprising them are beneficial for the use to treat wounds. Wound healing is often associated with inflammation. Therefore the same wavelengths and ranges of wavelengths as outlined for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of inflammation can be applied. Treating wounds by phototherapy also prevents the formation of scares. Particularly preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of wounds and/or scares are in the range between 600 and 950 nm and very particularly preferably between 650 and 900 nm. Further preferred wavelengths for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of wounds and scares are 660, 720, and 880 nm.
Other infections that can efficiently be treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them are caused by bacteria. Further infections that can efficiently be treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them are caused by viruses. A preferred embodiment of this invention is the use of the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of viral infections particularly caused by cytomegalovirus (CMV), encephalo myocarditis virus (EMCV), poliovirus, influence virus,
parainfluenza respiratory influenza virus, respiratory syncytial virus,
Japanese encephalitis virus, Dengue virus, hepatitis A virus (HAV), hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), hepatitis D virus (HDV), hepatitis E virus (HEV), hepatitis F virus (HFV), hepatitis G virus (HGV) Epstein Barr Virus (EBV), human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-I), human immunodeficiency virus type 2 (HIV-2), varicella zoster virus, herpes simplex virus, in particular herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-I), herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2), or human herpes virus 1 , 2, 3, 4, 7, or 8, Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV), rotavirus, papilloma virus, and human papilloma virus (HPV), in particular HPV of the types: 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 11 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19-29, 31 , 32, 34, 36-38, 46-50, 56, or 58.
In particular viral skin diseases and/or tumor disorders can be treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them such as genital warts, benign tumors of the skin and/or mucosa caused by papilloma viruses, in particular verrucae plantares, verrucae vulgares, verrucae planae juveniles, epidermodysplasia verruciformis, Condylomata acuminate, Condylomata plana, bowenoid papulosis, papilloma on the larynx and oral mucosa, focal epithelial hyperplasia, herpes labialis, varicella and shingles.
In a particularly preferred embodiments of the present invention said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of warts. Pulsed light therapy might be one way to treat warts with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them. Said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of neurological or psychological diseases and/or conditions is also subject of the present invention.
A preferred neurological disease according to the present invention is Morbus Parkinson (MB). When light reaches a certain level of intensity, it inhibits melatonin which in turn limits the production of dopamine. By limiting the melatonin is supposed to lead to a have better production and use of dopamine in the brain. Recent case studies of light therapy on MB patients involving bright light therapy have had positive results with marked improvement in bradykinesia and rigidity in most patients while being exposed for only ninety minutes.
Further preferred neurological and psychological diseases and/or conditions according to the present invention are mood and sleep related. Light is well known to be beneficial on the mood in many circumstances. Phototherapy can also be employed to treat depression, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), non seasonal depression, circadian rhythm sleep disorder (chronic circadian rhythm sleep disorder (CRSD), situational CRSD).
The US National Library of Medicine notes that some people experience a serious mood change when the seasons change. They may sleep too much, have little energy, and crave sweets and starchy foods. They may also feel depressed. Though symptoms can be severe, they usually clear up. The condition in the summer is often referred to as Reverse Seasonal Affective Disorder, and can also include heightened anxiety. It has been estimated that 1.5 to 9% of adults in the US experience SAD.
There are different treatments for classic (winter-based) seasonal affective disorder, including light therapy with bright lights, antidepressant medication, cognitive-behavioral therapy, ionized-air administration, and carefully timed supplementation of the hormone melatonin.
The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of these neurological and psychological diseases and/or conditions that is to be emitted by the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them is in the range between 350 and 600 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 400 and 550nm, and particularly preferably between 440 and 500 nm. Two particularly preferred wavelengths for this purpose are 460 and 480 nm.
Said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them may also be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of pain. Pain relief by phototherapy is well known. The following conditions produce pain that can be treated successfully with phototherapy: carpal tunnel syndrome, chronic wounds, epicondylitis, headache, migraine, plantar fasciitis, tendonditis and bursitis, neck pain, back pain, muscle pain, trigeminal neuralgia, and Whiplash-associated injuries.
Preferably, muscle pain is treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them emitting red or infrared light.
Alopecia areata is a condition affecting humans, in which hair is lost from5 some or all areas of the body, usually from the scalp. Because it causes bald spots on the scalp, especially in the first stages, it is sometimes called spot baldness. In 1 to 2% of cases, the condition can spread to the entire scalp (alopecia totalis) or to the entire epidermis (alopecia universalis).Q Conditions resembling alopecia areata, and having a similar cause, occur also in other species.
Alopecia areata (autoimmune hair loss) can be treated with said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them. The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of alopecia areata that is to be emitted by the said functional materials and said fiber devices comprising them is in the range between 240 and 500 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 290 and 400 nm, and particularly preferably between 300 and 330 nm. One particularly preferred wavelength for this purpose is 31 nm.
The functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the disinfection of beverages and nutrition.
The use of light as disinfectant is well known. The said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them can be used for
disinfection. Hereby any kind of disinfection is meant and includes without limitation the disinfection of wounds, nutrition, and solid and liquids objects, such cosmetic, medical devices, devices used for surgery and beverages.
Preference is given to the use of said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them for the disinfection of beverages, preferably water, and particularly preferably drinking water. Contaminated water causes many infections worldwide and leads often to severe diseases or death of the individuals. The said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them provide a simple means to disinfect water. Water filter systems of commercial providers take advantage of ion exchange technology. The filter, however, often tend to microbial contamination, which, in turn results in water which is contaminated with microbes. One solution is to add silver salt which is from a toxicological point of view problematic. The said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them provide a solution to this problem. They can be
incorporated into the water filter system in order to provide a safe, efficient, and low cost way to provide water with a low degree of microbial
contamination. The light source can irradiate both the water before or after filtering or the filter cartridge itself. Preferably the light source comprising functional materials irradiates both the filter cartridge and the already filtered water. The procedure of disinfection of water as outlined above can basically be applied to any other liquid, in particularly for soft drinks and beverages analogously.
Therefore, the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them can be used for the disinfection of beverages and nutrition for humans and animals.
Wavelengths for disinfection according to the present invention are in the range between 200 nm and 600 nm, preferably between 250 nm and 500 nm, and very particularly preferably between 280 nm and 450 nm.
The functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the photodynamic therapy (PDT).
Wavelengths required for PDT according to the present invention are in the range between 300 and 700 nm, preferably between 400 and 700 nm, and very particularly preferably between 500 and 700 nm. Four further preferred wavelengths are 595, 600, 630, and 660 nm.
Any therapy known as PDT can be carried out using the said functional materials and light emitting fiber devices comprising them. The property of dyes with a polycyclic hydrocarbon type chemical structure to accumulate in greater amounts in tumor tissues than in normal tissues is well known. The dyes include acridines, xanthenes, psoralens, and porphyrins. The latter dyes, in particular, hematoporphyrin (Hp) and some of its chemical derivatives (e.g. Hp D, wherein Hp D is a mixture of Hp derivatives), have superior tumor-localizing properties, which are the basis of phototherapeutic treatment of tumors with red light irradiation at predetermined times after systemic administration of the drug.. Drug used for PDT are preferably selected from aminolevulinic acid/methyl aminolevulinate, efaproxiral porphyrin derivatives (porfimer sodium, talaporfin, temoporfin, verteporfin).
The functional materials according to the present invention and said fiber devices comprising them can also be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of jaundice and crigler naijar.
Jaundice, which is also known as icterus, is a yellowish discoloration of the skin, the conjunctival membranes over the sclerae (whites of the eyes), and other mucous membranes. The discoloration is caused by
hyperbilirubinemia (increased levels of bilirubin in the blood). This hyperbilirubinemia subsequently causes increased levels of bilirubin in the extracellular fluids. Jaundice is classified in three groups, pre-hepatic (hemolytic) jaundice, hepatic (hepatocellular) jaundice, and post-hepatic (obstructive) jaundice.
Pre-hepatic jaundice is caused by anything which causes an increased rate of hemolysis, i.e. breakdown of red blood cells. In tropical countries, malaria can cause jaundice in this manner. Certain genetic diseases, such as sickle cell anemia, spherocytosis and glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency can lead to increased red cell lysis and therefore hemolytic jaundice. Commonly, diseases of the kidney, such as hemolytic uremic syndrome, can also lead to coloration. Defects in bilirubin metabolism also present as jaundice. Jaundice usually comes with high fevers. Rat fever (leptospirosis) can also cause jaundice.
Hepatic jaundice causes include acute hepatitis, hepatotoxicity and alcoholic liver disease, whereby cell necrosis reduces the liver's ability to metabolise and excrete bilirubin leading to a buildup in the blood. Less common causes include primary biliary cirrhosis, Gilbert's syndrome (a genetic disorder of bilirubin metabolism which can result in mild jaundice, which is found in about 5% of the population), Crigler-Najjar syndrome, metastatic carcinoma and Niemann-Pick disease, type C. Jaundice seen in the newborn, known as neonatal jaundice, is common, occurring in almost every newborn as hepatic machinery for the conjugation and excretion of bilirubin does not fully mature until approximately two weeks of age.
Post-hepatic jaundice, also called obstructive jaundice, is caused by an interruption to the drainage of bile in the biliary system. The most common causes are gallstones in the common bile duct, and pancreatic cancer in the head of the pancreas. Also, a group of parasites known as "liver flukes" can live in the common bile duct, causing obstructive jaundice. Other causes include strictures of the common bile duct, biliary atresia, ductal carcinoma, pancreatitis and pancreatic pseudocysts. A rare cause of obstructive jaundice is Mirizzi's syndrome.
Jaundice, in particular neonatal jaundice, can lead to severe medical consequences if not or not appropriately treated. Increased concentrations of bilirubin can result in a brain-damaging condition known as kernicterus, leading to significant lifelong disability; there are concerns that this condition has been rising in recent years due to inadequate detection and treatment of neonatal hyperbilirubinemia. Early treatment often consists of exposing the infant to intensive phototherapy in an more or less isolated incubator. The therapy often represents an emotionally or psychologically difficult situation for both the infant and the parents. The said functional materials and said light emitting fiber devices comprising the functional materials can be employed in order to provide flexible and ambulatory devices such as blankets. Thus, the infant can be treated while laying in its parents' arms. Traditional therapies also easily lead to overheating of the infant, which can also be significantly reduced with the treatment approach according to the present invention. Preferably the present invention relates to the use of said functional materials and said light emitting fiber devices comprising the functional materials for the treatment of neonatal jaundice.
The wavelength for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of jaundice is in the range between 300 and 700 nm. Preferably the wavelength is in the range between 350 and 600nm, and particularly preferably between 370 and 580 nm. Further preferred wavelengths are in the range between 400 and 550 nm. Particularly preferred wavelengths are in the range between 410 and 470 nm. Two particularly preferred wavelengths for this purpose are 450 and 466 nm.
The light emitting fiber devices according to the present invention comprise at least one said functional material. Often the devices used for therapeutic and/or cosmetic applications comprise compositions of said functional materials. The present invention also relates to the use of a composition comprising at least one functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials and at least one further compound for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
Preferably the composition comprises 1 , particularly preferably 2, and very particularly preferably 3 functional materials. Any functional materials as outlined within the present invention can be used.
The composition may also comprise further materials such as solvents , additives, wetting agents, and surfactants. The present invention also relates to a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber. The present invention also relates to a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber. The fiber is preferably an OLED fiber.
Preferably the device comprises more than one fiber. The diseases and cosmetic conditions are selected from the ones as defined elsewhere within the present invention. The device setup is also described within the present invention.
The present invention also relates to a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber and wherein the light emitting fiber comprises a functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials.
The functional materials are the same as described elsewhere within the present invention.
Particular preference is given to the said device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, solar keratosis, arsenical keratosis, radiodermatitis, cellulite, skin desensibilisation, infections, inflammation, neurological and psychological diseases and/or conditions, photodynamic therapy (PDT), jaundice and crigler naijar.
The present invention also relates to the use of an organic light emitting fiber for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or conditions.
Both the organic light emitting fiber and the diseases and/or conditions are the same as described elsewehere within the present invention.
The present invention also relates to the use of an organic light emitting fiber for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of cosmetic conditions.
Both the organic light emitting fiber and the cosmetic conditions are the same as described elsewehere within the present invention.
It will be appreciated that variations to the foregoing embodiments of the invention can be made while still falling within the scope of the invention. Each feature disclosed in this specification, unless stated otherwise, may be replaced by alternative features serving the same, equivalent or similar purpose. Thus, unless stated otherwise, each feature disclosed is one example only of a generic series of equivalent or similar features.
All of the features disclosed in this specification may be combined in any combination, except combinations where at least some of such features and/or steps are mutually exclusive. In particular, the preferred features of the invention are applicable to all aspects of the invention and may be used in any combination. Likewise, features described in non-essential combinations may be used separately (not in combination). It will be appreciated that many of the features described above, particularly of the preferred embodiments, are inventive in their own right and not just as part of an embodiment of the present invention. Independent protection may be sought for these features in addition to or alternative to any invention presently claimed.
The teaching as disclosed here can be abstracted und combined with other examples disclosed.
Other features of the invention will become apparent in the course of the following description of exemplary embodiments and drawings, which are given for illustration of the invention and are not intended to be limiting thereof.
Brief Description of the Drawings:
Figure 1 : Fiber with a fiber core 10 having an outer first electrode 20, a light emitting layer 30, a radiation transmissive second electrode 40 positioned over the organic light emitting layer 30. Eventually the OLEFC may also comprise an optional radiation transmissive moisture and/or air barrier layer 50 and/or an optional radiation transmissive encapsulating material 60.
Figure 2: Fiber divided into segments emitting n different wavelengths Aj (i = 1 to n) or ranges of wavelengths (a). Preferably n = 2 (b).
Figure 3: Parallel arrangement of light emitting fibers in a device which emits light with n different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
Figure 4: Parallel arrangement of light emitting fibers in a device which emits light with two different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
Figure 5: Woven fibers. Figure 6: Woven fibers emiiting two different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths.
Figure 7: Plaster with attachment side 1 , power supply 2, reflective material 3, and light emitting fibers 4.
Figure 8: One way to prepare a fiber comprising the following steps. Step I: deposition of anode 20 on fiber core 10; step II: deposition of buffer layer 31 ; step III: deposition of emissive layer 32; step IV: deposition of cathode 40; step V: free anode
Figure 9: Electroluminescence (EL) spectrum of of fiber OLED using PB1 as EML (emissive layer).
Figure 10: EL spectrum of fiber OLED using PR1.
Figure 11 : Schema of a plaster according to present invention with PEN substrate 300, OLED fibers 400, cathode 40, anode 20, thin conducting wires 310 and 320, and epoxy resin encapsulation 330.
Figure 12: Fiber production line by employing dip coating. 210 - fiber core; 130 - deposition chamber for the first electrode; 200 - deposition chamber for the second electrode; 140 - container containing solution of buffer material or HIM; 160 - container containing a solution or a formulation of HTM or interlayer material; 180 - container containing a solution or a formulation of an emissive composition; 150, 170, and 190 are dryers.
Figure 13: Production method which is all solution based. 250 - container containing an ink comprising a conductive material for the second electrode; 220 and 230 are dryers; 240 - container comprising an ink comprising a conductive material for the first electrode. Working Examples
Example 1
Materials
The following polymers are synthesized by employing the Suzuki coupling. The reaction can be carried out according to synthetic methods well known to the person skilled in the art. The method is described, for example, in WO 2003/048225.
Polymer PB1 , a blue emitting polymer, is a copolymer comprising the following monomers with mol% as indicated:
Figure imgf000111_0001
The molecular weight (MW) of the PB1 is distributed between 200000 and 300000 g/mol.
Polymer PR1 , a red emitting polymer, is a copolymer comprising the following monomers with mol% as indicated by the indices of the repeating units:
Figure imgf000112_0001
The molecular weight (MW) of the PR1 is distributed between 120000 and 720000 g/mol.
Both PB1 and PR1 are well soluble in toluene.
Example 2
Fiber OLED Fabrication
The fiber core 10 used in the present invention is a hard polymer-clad silica optical fiber (by CeramOptec Industries, Inc.), which has a silica core of 400 μητι in diameter and 25 μπι polyimide as jacket. Prior to the deposition of electrode, the fibers are cleaned successively by rubbing with a detergent, rinsing in deionized water, and cleaning by sonication in trichloroethylene, acetone and then isopropyl alcohol.
The fabrication steps I to V are schematically depicted in Figure 8.
Step I: Anode deposition
The anode 20 is deposited conformally through a shadow mask using vacuum thermal evaporation at 10"7 Torr. The fibers are axially rotated at a speed of 60 rpm during the evaporation. Then 50 nm Al is evaporated at first on the cleaned fiber core 10, and then 5 nm Ni is deposited on Al as anode. Ni is then oxided by exposure to oxygen plasma followed by UV ozone at 20 mW/cm2 for 5 min.
Step II: buffer layer 31 deposition
PEDOT (Baytron P Al 4083) is deposited as buffer layer or hole injection layer (HIL) with a thickness of 80 nm onto the fiber by dip-coating and then heated for 10 min. at 180°C; the thickness can be controlled through the concentration and the pulling speed during the dip-coating. The fiber is then heated for 10 min. at 180°C to remove residual water.
Step III: Emissive layer 32 deposition
The emissive layer (EML) 32 then is coated by dip-coating a toluene solution of the emissive polymer with a concentration of 0.1 to 0.8 wt% yielding a layer with a thickness of 65 nm for blue PB1 and 80 nm for red PR1 ;
The thickness of the film on the fiber is determined as follows. A flat glass substrate is coated by dip-coating in the same solution; the thickness of the film on glass substrate is then measured by Surface Profiler (Dektak3 ST). The concentration of the solution and pulling speeding are adjusted until the desired thickness is obtained. The same condition, concentration and pulling speed will be applied to coat the corresponding film on the fiber.
The device is heated at 180°C for 10 minutes to remove residual solvent;
Step IV: Cathode 40 deposition
In analogy to the procedure in step I the cathode 40 is deposited
conformally through a shadow mask using vacuum thermal evaporation at 10~7 Torr. The fibers are axially rotated at a speed of 60 rpm during the evaporation. Ba/Ag cathode is conformally deposited through a shadow mask by thermal vacuum evaporation onto the emissive layer with a thickness of 3 nm/15 nm; both anode and cathode along the fiber is 4 cm in one segment. And they displace with each other so that having an overlapping area 3 cm, corresponding to the emissive area.
Step V: free anode
The fiber is cut into segments of 5 cm in length. One end of the cut fiber, where no cathode is deposited, is washed away at first with toluene and then with ethanol to remove the polymer and PEDOT in order to get a free anode which can be contacted.
Prior to the preparation of plasters, the fiber OLEDs are tested in a glovebox. An EL spectrum is recorded by Ocean Optics USB2000 spectrometer. The EL spetrum of fiber OLEDs using PB1 as EML is shown in Figure 9, and that of fiber OLEDs using PR1 in Figure 10. The fibers are selected for the preparation of a plaster with respect to homogeneity of emission and brightness by optical observation. Example 3
Preparation of Plasters comprising OLED Fibers
A transparent flexible poly(ethylene naphthalate) (PEN) foil is used as substrate for preparing plasters.
A plaster according to present invention is schematically shown in Figure 11. The PEN substrate 300 has an area of ca. 5.5 cm χ 5.5 cm. The fiber OLEDs 400 prepared in Example 2 are arranged in parallel in the middle of the substrate, with cathode 40 on one side and anode 20 on the other side. Here either PB1 fiber OLEDs or PR1 fiber OLEDs, or both fiber OLEDs, which are positioned alternatively on the PEN substrate, are used.
Then thin conducting wires 310 and 320 are connected to all cathode ends and anode ends of the fiber OLEDs, with the help of silver conductive glue. The emissive areais defined in the middle area of the substrate, as marked by a dashed line in Figure 11.
The device is then fixed and encapsulated by using UV-cured epoxy resin. UV Resin T-470C2, an advanced UV adhesives for OLED made by Nagase & Co., LTD, is applied to the area as marked as 330 in Figure 11 being thick enough to cover all fibers on the substrate. The device is then exposed to an UV lamp with a dose of about 6 J/cm2 to cure the resin. The cured resin colors slightly yellow. Other transparent resin may be good to get more light out. A reflection foil can be put on the plaster to enhance light output of the plaster.
Example 4
Treatment of corw's feet
The plaster device of Example 3 comprising PR1 as light emitting
component can be used for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of wrinkles. The plasters have a printed battery as power supply. The battery supplies energy for a irradiation time of about 50 min..
A 16-week pilot study with 24 female human subjects in the age between 30 and 40 years is conducted according to standard methods well known to the person skilled in the art. One of the main selection criteria for the inclusion within the study is the occurrence of crown's feet with almost equal manifestation on both sides of the face, i.e. in proximity to the left and right eye. Each subject is treated on the right hand side with a plaster comprising OLED fibers for 25 min. every second day for 16 weeks.
Comparison of the skin in proximity of the left eye and right eye reveals a significant improvement of the skin on the treated side. The crow's feet are shorter and less deeper. The skin treated with light emitted by the OLEC device appears smoother as compared to the untreated skin.
Example 5
Treatment of acne vulgaris
Plasters comprising OLED fibers emitting two different wavelengths or ranges of wavelengths is prepared according to the procedures as outlined herein (see Example 2 and 3, and Figure 11). Further, in the plasters the two sort of fiber OLEDs, i.e. PB1 and PR1 , can be connected separately to a steering unit which allows the programming of treatment intervals and the turn on and turn off times of both wavelengths separately. The plaster comprising the two different kinds of fiber OLEDs can, thus, emit either blue or red light or both blue und red light, at least in part, at the same time. The plaster comprising the OLED fibers has a squared shape with an emissive area of about 9 cm2, but any other customized shape is possible.
A 10-week pilot study with 30 subjects is conducted according to standard methods well known to the person skilled in the art. The subjects have Fitzpatrick skin types II to IV with mild to severe symmetric facial acne vulgaris. The right half of the forehead is treated with the plaster comprising the fiber OLEDs. Overall 10 treatments are carried out where the area to be treated is irradiated with blue and red light at the same time.
Treatment time per treatment is 20 min.. One week later the same skin is treated again as outlined above. Comparing the left hand side and the right hand side of the foreheads of the treated subjects after 10 weeks of treatment reveals a significant improvement of the treated skin as compared to the untreated skin. Redness of the skin is significantly reduced. Furthermore, mean lesion count reduction is also significant.

Claims

Patent Claims
Use of a functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
Use according to claim 1 , characterized in that the fiber comprises a fiber core having an outer first electrode; at least one organic light emitting layer positioned over an outer surface of the first electrode; and a light transmissive second electrode positioned over the organic light emitting layer; wherein the at least one organic light emitting layer comprises at least one organic material that emits light when a voltage is applied across the first and second electrode.
Use according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the device is flexible, or the fiber is flexible, or both the device and the fiber are flexible.
Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the device is an ambulatory device and comprises an attachment means for attaching the device to a human or animal subject.
Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the device is a plaster, bandage, blanket, sleeping bag, sleeve, implantable probe, nasogastric tube, chest drain, pad, stent, patch, canvas and any kind of clothes, and devices covering at least one tooth in the mouth.
Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the light emitting fiber is an organic light emitting diode (OLED).
Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 6 for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions
Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 7 for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, solar keratosis, arsenical keratosis, radiodermatitis, and cellulite.
9. Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 8 for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of infections and inflammatory, neurological, and psychological diseases and/or conditions.
10. Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 9 for the disinfection of soft drinks, beverages, water, drinking water, foodstuff, and nutrition.
11. Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 10 for the application in photodynamic therapy (PDT).
12. Use according to one or more of claims 1 to 11 for the treatment
and/or prophylaxis of jaundice and crigler naijar. Use of a composition comprising at least one functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials and at least one further compound for the preparation of a device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
Device for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or cosmetic conditions, characterized in that the device comprises at least one organic light emitting fiber.
Device according to claim 14, characterized in that the light emitting fiber comprises a functional material selected from host materials, emissive materials (EM), hole injection materials (HIM), hole transport materials (HTM), hole blocking materials (HBM), electron injection materials (EIM), electron transport materials (ETM), electron blocking materials (EBM), exciton blocking materials (ExBM), metal complexes, and phosphor materials.
Device according to claim 14 or 15 for the treatment and/or
prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of skin diseases and/or cosmetic skin conditions selected from acne, psoriasis, eczema, dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, edema, vitiligo, Bowens disease, tumors, pre-malignant tumors, malignant tumors, basal cell carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas, secondary metastases, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, solar keratosis, arsenical keratosis, radiodermatitis, cellulite, skin desensibilisation, infections, inflammation, neurological and
psychological diseases and/or conditions, photodynamic therapy (PDT), jaundice and crigler naijar.
17. Use of an organic light emitting fiber for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of diseases and/or conditions.
18. Use of an organic light emitting fiber for the treatment and/or prophylaxis and/or diagnosis of cosmetic conditions.
PCT/EP2011/000707 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics WO2011110277A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012556400A JP6246468B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fiber in therapy and cosmetics
KR1020127026665A KR20130020883A (en) 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics
EP11704723A EP2544765A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics
US13/634,101 US9539438B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics
US15/389,655 US20170100607A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2016-12-23 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP10002558 2010-03-11
EP10002558.4 2010-03-11

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/634,101 A-371-Of-International US9539438B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics
US15/389,655 Division US20170100607A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2016-12-23 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011110277A1 true WO2011110277A1 (en) 2011-09-15

Family

ID=44021764

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2011/000707 WO2011110277A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-02-15 Fibers in therapy and cosmetics

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (2) US9539438B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2544765A1 (en)
JP (2) JP6246468B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20130020883A (en)
WO (1) WO2011110277A1 (en)

Cited By (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102623516A (en) * 2012-04-01 2012-08-01 东华大学 Flexible knittable solar cell with single line structure and preparation method thereof
WO2012149992A1 (en) 2011-05-04 2012-11-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Device for preserving fresh goods
WO2013113349A1 (en) * 2012-01-30 2013-08-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Nanocrystals on fibers
WO2013174471A1 (en) * 2012-05-24 2013-11-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Metal complexes comprising condensed heteroaromatic rings
WO2014082705A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Electronic device
US9061128B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-06-23 Sonovia Holdings Llc Light and/or ultrasonic transducer device with sensor feedback for dose control
JP2016502258A (en) * 2012-10-12 2016-01-21 メルク パテント ゲーエムベーハー Emitters and hosts containing aromatic units
EP3069761A4 (en) * 2013-11-14 2017-10-11 St. Marianna University School of Medicine Carbon monoxide poisoning resolving device, jacket for carbon monoxide poisoning treatment having said device, and catheter for carbon monoxide poisoning treatment
WO2018095392A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic mixture, composition, and organic electronic component
WO2018095381A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Printing ink composition, preparation method therefor, and uses thereof
WO2018095395A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 High polymer, mixture containing same, composition, organic electronic component, and monomer for polymerization
JP2018515258A (en) * 2015-05-18 2018-06-14 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Phototherapy system and method for prevention or treatment of carbon monoxide poisoning
WO2018113785A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Polymer containing furan crosslinking group and use thereof
US10323180B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2019-06-18 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Deuterated organic compound, mixture and composition containing said compound, and organic electronic device
US10364316B2 (en) 2015-01-13 2019-07-30 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronics Materials Ltd. Conjugated polymer containing ethynyl crosslinking group, mixture, formulation, organic electronic device containing the same and application therof
US10510967B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2019-12-17 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic compound, and mixture, formulation and organic device comprising the same
US10573827B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2020-02-25 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronics Materials Ltd. Organic metal complex, and polymer, mixture, composition and organic electronic device containing same and use thereof
US10639498B2 (en) 2016-05-26 2020-05-05 Carewear Corp. Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light
US10804470B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2020-10-13 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd Organic compound
US10840450B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2020-11-17 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Polymer, and mixture or formulation, and organic electronic device containing same, and monomer thereof
US10968243B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2021-04-06 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organometallic complex and application thereof in electronic devices
US10978642B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2021-04-13 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Mixture, composition and organic electronic device
US11020605B2 (en) 2018-05-29 2021-06-01 Carewear Corp. Method and system for irradiating tissue with pulsed blue and red light to reduce muscle fatigue, enhance wound healing and tissue repair, and reduce pain
WO2021135841A1 (en) 2019-12-30 2021-07-08 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic electroluminescence device and aromatic compound containing fused-ring
US11161933B2 (en) 2016-12-13 2021-11-02 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Conjugated polymer and use thereof in organic electronic device
US11239428B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-02-01 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Boron-containing organic compound and applications thereof, organic mixture, and organic electronic device
US11292875B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-04-05 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Cross-linkable polymer based on Diels-Alder reaction and use thereof in organic electronic device
US11404644B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-08-02 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic functional compounds, mixtures, formulations, organic functional thin films and preparation methods therefor and organic electronic devices
US11404651B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2022-08-02 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Transition metal complex material and application thereof in electronic devices
US11447496B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-09-20 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic ring compound and application thereof
US11512039B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-11-29 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Aromatic amine derivatives, preparation methods therefor, and uses thereof
US11518723B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-12-06 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Fused ring compound, high polymer, mixture, composition and organic electronic component
US11555128B2 (en) 2015-11-12 2023-01-17 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Printing composition, electronic device comprising same and preparation method for functional material thin film
WO2023284352A1 (en) 2021-07-12 2023-01-19 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic compound containing heterocyclic ring, and mixture and organic electronic device
US11594690B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2023-02-28 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organometallic complex, and polymer, mixture and formulation comprising same, and use thereof in electronic device
US11634444B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2023-04-25 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Metal organic complex, high polymer, composition, and organic electronic component
WO2023065614A1 (en) 2021-10-18 2023-04-27 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Metal complex, mixture, composition, and organic electronic component
WO2023071073A1 (en) 2021-11-01 2023-05-04 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Arylamine organic compound and use thereof
WO2023077726A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-05-11 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic compound, light extraction layer material, and organic electronic device
US11672174B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2023-06-06 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Pyrene-triazine derivative and applications thereof in organic electronic component
US11674080B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2023-06-13 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Transition metal complex, polymer, mixture, formulation and use thereof
US11680059B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2023-06-20 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic mixture and application thereof in organic electronic devices
DE102023126485A1 (en) 2023-03-23 2024-09-26 Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. Organic boron-nitrogen compound, organic electronic device and electronic apparatus

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10167564A (en) * 1996-12-05 1998-06-23 Toray Ind Inc Carbon fiber package and carbon fiber packaged body
EP2545600A2 (en) * 2010-03-11 2013-01-16 Merck Patent GmbH Radiative fibers
US20120109042A1 (en) * 2010-10-28 2012-05-03 John Koo Methods of Treating Diseased Tissue
DE102011104745A1 (en) 2011-06-17 2012-12-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US20140276354A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Klox Technologies Inc. Biophotonic materials and uses thereof
WO2016010765A1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 Dabney Paul Medical and veterinary applications of light to therapeutic compounds
JP6673214B2 (en) * 2014-11-13 2020-03-25 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Organic electroluminescence therapy device
EP4201358A1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2023-06-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Surgical laser systems and laser devices
RU2732087C2 (en) 2015-02-27 2020-09-11 Колгейт-Палмолив Компани Oral cavity treatment system
US12109429B2 (en) * 2015-07-28 2024-10-08 Know Bio, Llc Phototherapeutic light for treatment of pathogens
KR102104951B1 (en) 2015-07-30 2020-04-27 바이탈 바이오, 잉크. Single diode disinfection
US10918747B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2021-02-16 Vital Vio, Inc. Disinfecting lighting device
KR101689150B1 (en) * 2016-01-25 2016-12-23 주식회사 포비드림 Portable linear emergency guidance device
EP3448292A4 (en) 2016-04-25 2020-04-08 Immunolight, Llc. Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use
US20200109235A1 (en) * 2016-12-13 2020-04-09 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Conjugated polymer and use thereof in organic electronic device
US10639496B2 (en) * 2016-12-28 2020-05-05 Hua Shang Blood vessel optical fiber guide wire
US10293148B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2019-05-21 Paul Dabney System, retainer and method of preventing and treating nosocomial infections including methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections
CN110785867B (en) 2017-04-26 2023-05-02 Oti照明公司 Method for patterning a surface coating and apparatus comprising a patterned coating
US10617774B2 (en) 2017-12-01 2020-04-14 Vital Vio, Inc. Cover with disinfecting illuminated surface
US10309614B1 (en) 2017-12-05 2019-06-04 Vital Vivo, Inc. Light directing element
US11751415B2 (en) 2018-02-02 2023-09-05 Oti Lumionics Inc. Materials for forming a nucleation-inhibiting coating and devices incorporating same
US10413626B1 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-09-17 Vital Vio, Inc. Multiple light emitter for inactivating microorganisms
USD888957S1 (en) * 2018-11-15 2020-06-30 Forward Science Technologies, LLC Skin cancer screening device
USD928958S1 (en) * 2018-11-15 2021-08-24 Forward Science Technologies, LLC Skin cancer screening device
CN116456753A (en) 2019-03-07 2023-07-18 Oti照明公司 Optoelectronic device
US11639897B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2023-05-02 Vyv, Inc. Contamination load sensing device
KR20220009961A (en) 2019-04-18 2022-01-25 오티아이 루미오닉스 인크. Material for forming nucleation inhibiting coating and device comprising same
KR20220017918A (en) 2019-05-08 2022-02-14 오티아이 루미오닉스 인크. Material for forming nucleation inhibiting coating and device comprising same
US11541135B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-01-03 Vyv, Inc. Multiple band visible light disinfection
US11324944B1 (en) * 2019-07-23 2022-05-10 Verily Life Sciences Llc Flexible cable assembly for medical implantation
WO2021030748A1 (en) 2019-08-15 2021-02-18 Vital Vio, Inc. Devices configured to disinfect interiors
US11878084B2 (en) 2019-09-20 2024-01-23 Vyv, Inc. Disinfecting light emitting subcomponent
US12011611B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2024-06-18 Know Bio, Llc Illumination devices for inducing biological effects
US11986666B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2024-05-21 Know Bio, Llc Illumination devices for inducing biological effects
WO2022123431A1 (en) 2020-12-07 2022-06-16 Oti Lumionics Inc. Patterning a conductive deposited layer using a nucleation inhibiting coating and an underlying metallic coating
US12115384B2 (en) 2021-03-15 2024-10-15 Know Bio, Llc Devices and methods for illuminating tissue to induce biological effects

Citations (208)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3180730A (en) 1959-04-09 1965-04-27 Azoplate Corp Material for electrophotographic purposes
US3526501A (en) 1967-02-03 1970-09-01 Eastman Kodak Co 4-diarylamino-substituted chalcone containing photoconductive compositions for use in electrophotography
US3567450A (en) 1968-02-20 1971-03-02 Eastman Kodak Co Photoconductive elements containing substituted triarylamine photoconductors
US3615404A (en) 1968-04-25 1971-10-26 Scott Paper Co 1 3-phenylenediamine containing photoconductive materials
US3615402A (en) 1969-10-01 1971-10-26 Eastman Kodak Co Tetra-substituted methanes as organic photoconductors
US3717462A (en) 1969-07-28 1973-02-20 Canon Kk Heat treatment of an electrophotographic photosensitive member
US4127412A (en) 1975-12-09 1978-11-28 Eastman Kodak Company Photoconductive compositions and elements
JPS54110837A (en) 1978-02-17 1979-08-30 Ricoh Co Ltd Electrophotographic photoreceptor
JPS5646234A (en) 1979-09-21 1981-04-27 Ricoh Co Ltd Electrophotographic receptor
US4356429A (en) 1980-07-17 1982-10-26 Eastman Kodak Company Organic electroluminescent cell
EP0119161A2 (en) 1983-02-10 1984-09-19 Ciba-Geigy Ag Benzazocinone and benzazoninone derivatives, process for their preparation, pharmaceutical preparations containing these compounds, and their therapeutical use
US4539507A (en) 1983-03-25 1985-09-03 Eastman Kodak Company Organic electroluminescent devices having improved power conversion efficiencies
US4603146A (en) 1984-05-16 1986-07-29 Kligman Albert M Methods for retarding the effects of aging of the skin
JPS61210363A (en) 1985-03-15 1986-09-18 Canon Inc Electrophotographic sensitive body
US4720432A (en) 1987-02-11 1988-01-19 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with organic luminescent medium
US4769292A (en) 1987-03-02 1988-09-06 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with modified thin film luminescent zone
JPS63295696A (en) 1987-05-27 1988-12-02 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Phosphor for cathode ray tube
US4885221A (en) 1986-12-06 1989-12-05 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Electrophotography apparatus and electrophtographic process for developing positive image from positive or negative film
JPH02204996A (en) 1989-02-01 1990-08-14 Nec Corp Organic film type el element
US4950950A (en) 1989-05-18 1990-08-21 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with silazane-containing luminescent zone
JPH02282263A (en) 1988-12-09 1990-11-19 Nippon Oil Co Ltd Hole transferring material
EP0413528A1 (en) 1989-08-15 1991-02-20 Ruey J. Dr. Yu Amphoteric compositions and polymeric forms of alpha hydroxyacids, and their therapeutic use
US5061569A (en) 1990-07-26 1991-10-29 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with organic electroluminescent medium
US5077142A (en) 1989-04-20 1991-12-31 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Electroluminescent devices
US5121029A (en) 1987-12-11 1992-06-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Electroluminescence device having an organic electroluminescent element
US5130603A (en) 1989-03-20 1992-07-14 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
JPH04308688A (en) 1991-04-08 1992-10-30 Pioneer Electron Corp Organic electroluminescence element
WO1993010756A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Richardson-Vicks, Inc. Use of salicylic acid for regulating skin wrinkles and/or skin atrophy
WO1993010755A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Richardson-Vicks, Inc. Compositions for regulating skin wrinkles and/or skin atrophy
WO1993021842A1 (en) 1992-04-30 1993-11-11 Quadra Logic Technologies, Inc. High-power light-emitting diodes for photodynamic therapy
EP0569827A2 (en) 1992-05-11 1993-11-18 Idemitsu Kosan Company Limited Organic electroluminescence device
EP0650955A1 (en) 1993-11-01 1995-05-03 Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd. Amine compound and electro-luminescence device comprising same
EP0676461A2 (en) 1994-04-07 1995-10-11 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Spiro compounds and their application as electroluminescence materials
US5485355A (en) 1992-12-10 1996-01-16 Elam-Electroluminescent Industries Ltd. Electroluminescent light sources
JPH0853397A (en) 1994-08-12 1996-02-27 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Diarylamine derivative, its production and use thereof
US5529853A (en) 1993-03-17 1996-06-25 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent element
JPH08292586A (en) 1995-04-21 1996-11-05 Hodogaya Chem Co Ltd Electrophotographic photoreceptor
US5608287A (en) 1995-02-23 1997-03-04 Eastman Kodak Company Conductive electron injector for light-emitting diodes
EP0278757B1 (en) 1987-02-11 1997-11-12 EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) Electroluminescent device with improved cathode
US5698866A (en) 1994-09-19 1997-12-16 Pdt Systems, Inc. Uniform illuminator for phototherapy
US5703436A (en) 1994-12-13 1997-12-30 The Trustees Of Princeton University Transparent contacts for organic devices
US5707745A (en) 1994-12-13 1998-01-13 The Trustees Of Princeton University Multicolor organic light emitting devices
EP0652273B1 (en) 1993-11-09 1998-02-11 Shinko Electric Industries Co. Ltd. Organic material for electroluminescent device and electroluminescent device
DE19646119A1 (en) 1996-11-08 1998-05-14 Hoechst Ag Electroluminescent device
US5766779A (en) 1996-08-20 1998-06-16 Eastman Kodak Company Electron transporting materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US5776622A (en) 1996-07-29 1998-07-07 Eastman Kodak Company Bilayer eletron-injeting electrode for use in an electroluminescent device
US5776623A (en) 1996-07-29 1998-07-07 Eastman Kodak Company Transparent electron-injecting electrode for use in an electroluminescent device
WO1998046130A1 (en) 1997-04-11 1998-10-22 Light Sciences Limited Partnership Method and pdt probe for minimizing ct and mri image artifacts
US5844363A (en) 1997-01-23 1998-12-01 The Trustees Of Princeton Univ. Vacuum deposited, non-polymeric flexible organic light emitting devices
EP0891121A1 (en) 1996-12-28 1999-01-13 TDK Corporation Organic electroluminescent elements
US5876863A (en) 1995-12-22 1999-03-02 Add-Vision, Inc. Electroluminescent filament
EP0906948A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-07 Xerox Corporation Electroluminescent devices
EP0906947A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-07 Xerox Corporation Indolocarbazole electroluminescent devices
JP2913116B2 (en) 1990-11-20 1999-06-28 株式会社リコー EL device
EP0681019B1 (en) 1994-04-26 1999-09-01 TDK Corporation Phenylanthracene derivative and organic EL element
US5962631A (en) 1995-07-28 1999-10-05 The Dow Chemical Company 2, 7-aryl-9-substituted fluorenes and 9-substituted fluorene oligomers and polymers
US6020078A (en) 1998-12-18 2000-02-01 Eastman Kodak Company Green organic electroluminescent devices
US6074071A (en) 1999-06-29 2000-06-13 Elam Electroluminescent Industries Ltd. Aquarium lighting system
EP1009041A2 (en) 1998-12-09 2000-06-14 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with improved hole transport layer
EP1009044A2 (en) 1998-12-09 2000-06-14 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with anthracene derivatives hole transport layer
US6096066A (en) 1998-09-11 2000-08-01 Light Sciences Limited Partnership Conformal patch for administering light therapy to subcutaneous tumors
EP1029909A1 (en) 1998-09-09 2000-08-23 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and phenylenediamine derivative
US6127004A (en) 1999-01-29 2000-10-03 Eastman Kodak Company Forming an amorphous fluorocarbon layer in electroluminescent devices
US6137223A (en) 1998-07-28 2000-10-24 Eastman Kodak Company Electron-injecting layer formed from a dopant layer for organic light-emitting structure
US6140763A (en) 1998-07-28 2000-10-31 Eastman Kodak Company Interfacial electron-injecting layer formed from a doped cathode for organic light-emitting structure
WO2000070655A2 (en) 1999-05-13 2000-11-23 The Trustees Of Princeton University Very high efficiency organic light emitting devices based on electrophosphorescence
JP3148176B2 (en) 1998-04-15 2001-03-19 日本電気株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
US6208077B1 (en) 1998-11-05 2001-03-27 Eastman Kodak Company Organic electroluminescent device with a non-conductive fluorocarbon polymer layer
US6208075B1 (en) 1998-11-05 2001-03-27 Eastman Kodak Company Conductive fluorocarbon polymer and method of making same
WO2001021729A1 (en) 1999-09-21 2001-03-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence and organic luminous medium
WO2001041512A1 (en) 1999-12-01 2001-06-07 The Trustees Of Princeton University Complexes of form l2mx as phosphorescent dopants for organic leds
US6251531B1 (en) 1995-02-25 2001-06-26 Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Light-emitting material for organic electroluminescence device, and organic electroluminescence device for which the light-emitting material is adapted
GB2360461A (en) 2000-03-23 2001-09-26 Photo Therapeutics Ltd Therapeutic light source and metho
JP2001267080A (en) 2000-01-14 2001-09-28 Toray Ind Inc Light emission element
WO2001093642A1 (en) 2000-05-30 2001-12-06 The Trustees Of Princeton University Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices
EP1162193A1 (en) 1993-09-29 2001-12-12 Idemitsu Kosan Company Limited Acrylenediamine derivatives and organic electroluminescence device containing the same
US20010053462A1 (en) 2000-05-02 2001-12-20 Masayuki Mishima Light-emitting device
WO2002002714A2 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electroluminescent iridium compounds with fluorinated phenylpyridines, phenylpyrimidines, and phenylquinolines and devices made with such compounds
WO2002015645A1 (en) 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 The Trustees Of Princeton University Organometallic compounds and emission-shifting organic electrophosphorescence
EP1191613A2 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-03-27 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Luminescence device, display apparatus and metal coordination compound
EP1191614A2 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-03-27 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Luminescence device and metal coordination compound therefor
EP1205527A1 (en) 2000-03-27 2002-05-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
WO2002043449A1 (en) 2000-11-24 2002-05-30 Toray Industries, Inc. Luminescent element material and luminescent element comprising the same
WO2002077060A1 (en) 2001-03-24 2002-10-03 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing spirobifluorene units and fluorene units, and the use thereof
US20030027016A1 (en) 2000-04-21 2003-02-06 Tdk Corporation Organic EL device
WO2003020790A2 (en) 2001-09-04 2003-03-13 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing spirobifluorene units and the use thereof
US6538375B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2003-03-25 General Electric Company Oled fiber light source
US20030068528A1 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-04-10 Thompson Mark E. Organic light emitting devices having carrier blocking layers comprising metal complexes
US6548956B2 (en) 1994-12-13 2003-04-15 The Trustees Of Princeton University Transparent contacts for organic devices
JP2003115387A (en) 2001-10-04 2003-04-18 Junji Kido Organic light emitting element and its manufacturing method
US6562485B2 (en) 2001-01-26 2003-05-13 Xerox Corporation Electroluminescent (EL) devices
US20030099858A1 (en) 2001-11-27 2003-05-29 General Electric Company One Research Circle Environmentally-stable organic electroluminescent fibers
US6576134B1 (en) 1998-10-20 2003-06-10 Erik Agner Method for displacement chromatography
WO2003048225A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-12 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Process for producing aryl-aryl coupled compounds
US6602540B2 (en) 1996-08-12 2003-08-05 The Trustees Of Princeton University Fabrication of non-polymeric flexible organic light emitting devices
JP2003253145A (en) 2002-02-28 2003-09-10 Jsr Corp Light-emitting composition
EP1344788A1 (en) 2002-03-15 2003-09-17 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Conjugated polymer comprising dibenzothiophene- or dibenzofuran-units and their use in polymer LEDs
US20030175553A1 (en) 2001-12-28 2003-09-18 Thompson Mark E. White light emitting oleds from combined monomer and aggregate emission
JP2003338375A (en) 2002-03-14 2003-11-28 Tdk Corp Organic el element
WO2003099901A1 (en) 2002-05-28 2003-12-04 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer and polymeric luminescent element comprising the same
US20040018383A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2004-01-29 Xerox Corporation Display device with anthracene and triazine derivatives
WO2004013073A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Anthracene derivatives and organic electroluminescent devices made by using the same
EP0908787B1 (en) 1997-10-02 2004-04-14 Xerox Corporation Indolocarbazole Photoconductors
WO2004041901A1 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-05-21 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Aryl-substituted polyindenofluorenes for use in organic electroluminiscent devices
WO2004052238A2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-06-24 University Of Florida Phototherapy bandage
WO2004058911A2 (en) 2002-12-23 2004-07-15 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Organic electroluminescent element
JP2004200162A (en) 2002-12-05 2004-07-15 Toray Ind Inc Light emitting element
EP1444008A2 (en) 2001-11-17 2004-08-11 The University Court of the University of St Andrews Therapeutic light-emitting device
DE10304819A1 (en) 2003-02-06 2004-08-19 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Carbazole-containing conjugated polymers and blends, their preparation and use
US20040174116A1 (en) 2001-08-20 2004-09-09 Lu Min-Hao Michael Transparent electrodes
WO2004081017A1 (en) 2003-03-11 2004-09-23 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Metal complexes
WO2004084260A2 (en) 2003-03-20 2004-09-30 Cambridge Display Technology Limited Electroluminescent device
JP2004288381A (en) 2003-03-19 2004-10-14 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Organic electroluminescent element
EP1469533A2 (en) 2003-04-14 2004-10-20 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki Organic electroluminescent element that supresses generation of ultraviolet light and lighting system that has organic electroluminescent element
US20040209116A1 (en) 2003-04-21 2004-10-21 Xiaofan Ren Organic light emitting devices with wide gap host materials
US20040209115A1 (en) 2003-04-21 2004-10-21 Thompson Mark E. Organic light emitting devices with wide gap host materials
WO2004093207A2 (en) 2003-04-15 2004-10-28 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Mixtures of matrix materials and organic semiconductors capable of emission, use of the same and electronic components containing said mixtures
JP2004311184A (en) 2003-04-04 2004-11-04 Junji Kido Electron transportation material formed of multinucleate phenanthroline derivative, charge control material, and organic luminescent element using them
EP1478032A2 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-17 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki Light emitting diode method for forming the same
EP1480280A2 (en) 2003-05-23 2004-11-24 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki Organic electroluminescent device and method for manufacturing the same
US6824895B1 (en) 2003-12-05 2004-11-30 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device containing organometallic compound with tridentate ligand
US6830828B2 (en) 1998-09-14 2004-12-14 The Trustees Of Princeton University Organometallic complexes as phosphorescent emitters in organic LEDs
US6835469B2 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-12-28 The University Of Southern California Phosphorescent compounds and devices comprising the same
WO2004113412A2 (en) 2003-06-23 2004-12-29 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Polymer
WO2005003253A2 (en) 2003-07-07 2005-01-13 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Mixtures of organic emissive semiconductors and matrix materials, their use and electronic components comprising said materials
DE10328627A1 (en) 2003-06-26 2005-02-17 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh New materials for electroluminescence
WO2005014689A2 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-02-17 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing dihydrophenanthrene units and use thereof
CN1583691A (en) 2004-06-04 2005-02-23 友达光电股份有限公司 Anthracene compound and organic electroluminescent apparatus containing it
US20050069729A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-03-31 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent element, illuminator, display and compound
US6878469B2 (en) 2002-01-18 2005-04-12 Lg Chem, Ltd. Material for transporting electrons and organic electroluminescent display using the same
WO2005033244A1 (en) 2003-09-29 2005-04-14 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Metal complexes
WO2005033174A1 (en) 2003-10-01 2005-04-14 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer light-emitting material and polymer light-emitting device
DE10343606A1 (en) 2003-09-20 2005-04-14 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh White-emitting copolymers, their preparation and use
JP2005108556A (en) 2003-09-29 2005-04-21 Tdk Corp Organic el element and organic el display
WO2005040302A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-06 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for electroluminescence and the utilization thereof
DE10349033A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-25 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Organic semiconductor, for use in organic LEDs and solar cells and laser diodes, contains a polymer and structural units which emit light from the triplet state and a triplet emitter
WO2005056633A1 (en) 2003-12-12 2005-06-23 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer compound and polymer light-emitting device using same
US6914269B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2005-07-05 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Electron injection composition for light emitting element, light emitting element, and light emitting device
EP1551206A1 (en) 2002-10-09 2005-07-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device
WO2005061656A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-07 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Light-emitting material for organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent device using same, and material for organic electroluminescent device
WO2005084081A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electronic devices
WO2005091373A1 (en) 2004-03-22 2005-09-29 Rohm Co., Ltd Organic semiconductor element and organic el display device using the same
JP2005285661A (en) 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Tdk Corp Organic el element and organic el display
WO2005104264A1 (en) 2004-04-26 2005-11-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Electroluminescent polymers and use therof
WO2005111172A2 (en) 2004-05-11 2005-11-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Novel material mixtures for use in electroluminescence
WO2005113704A2 (en) 2004-05-18 2005-12-01 The University Of Southern California Luminescent compounds with carbene ligands
JP2005347160A (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-15 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Organic electroluminescent element, lighting device, and display device
WO2006000389A1 (en) 2004-06-26 2006-01-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for organic electronic devices
WO2006000388A1 (en) 2004-06-26 2006-01-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device
EP1617710A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2006-01-18 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Material for organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent device, illuminating device and display
US20060043858A1 (en) 2002-08-23 2006-03-02 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and anthracene derivative
US20060061265A1 (en) 2002-11-06 2006-03-23 Hisayuki Kawamura Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent element employing the same
US7029766B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2006-04-18 Eastman Kodak Company Organic element for electroluminescent devices
WO2006048268A1 (en) 2004-11-06 2006-05-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device
WO2006052457A2 (en) 2004-11-03 2006-05-18 Sumation Co.Ltd. New class of bridged biphenylene polymers
EP1661888A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-05-31 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Phenylcarbazole-based compound and organic electroluminescent device employing the same
WO2006058737A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for organic electronic devices
WO2006063852A1 (en) 2004-12-18 2006-06-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Electroluminescent polymers and use thereof
US20060147747A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2006-07-06 Hiroshi Yamamoto Nitrogen-containing heterocycle derivative and organic electroluminescent element using the same
US20060210830A1 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-09-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescence device using the same
US20060222886A1 (en) 2005-04-04 2006-10-05 Raymond Kwong Arylpyrene compounds
WO2006118345A1 (en) 2005-04-28 2006-11-09 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited High-molecular compounds and high-molecular luminescent devices made by using the same
WO2006117052A1 (en) 2005-05-03 2006-11-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device and boric acid and borinic acid derivatives used therein
WO2006122630A1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-11-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for organic electronic devices
EP1731584A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2006-12-13 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device material, organic electroluminescent device, display and illuminating device
JP2007059939A (en) 2001-08-31 2007-03-08 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> Organic light emitting device and display unit
WO2007043495A1 (en) 2005-10-07 2007-04-19 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Copolymer and polymer light emitting devices made by using the same
US20070087219A1 (en) 2005-10-19 2007-04-19 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device
US20070092753A1 (en) 2005-10-26 2007-04-26 Eastman Kodak Company Organic element for low voltage electroluminescent devices
US20070092755A1 (en) 2005-10-26 2007-04-26 Eastman Kodak Company Organic element for low voltage electroluminescent devices
US20070122656A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-05-31 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device containing an anthracene derivative
WO2007063754A1 (en) 2005-12-01 2007-06-07 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element
DE102005058557A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device
WO2007065549A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent devices
US20070134514A1 (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-14 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent host material
US7250532B2 (en) 2001-03-16 2007-07-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Method for producing aromatic amino compound
US7250226B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-07-31 Nippon Hoso Kyokai Phosphorescent compound, a phosphorescent composition and an organic light-emitting device
JP2007197574A (en) 2006-01-26 2007-08-09 Showa Denko Kk Polymeric luminescent material, organic electroluminescence element and display device
EP1818077A1 (en) 2006-02-03 2007-08-15 WaveLight AG Phototherapy device for treating the skin
WO2007095118A2 (en) 2006-02-10 2007-08-23 Universal Display Corporation METAL COMPLEXES OF CYCLOMETALLATED IMIDAZO[1,2-f]PHENANTHRIDINE AND DIIMIDAZO[1,2-A:1',2'-C]QUINAZOLINE LIGANDS AND ISOELECTRONIC AND BENZANNULATED ANALOGS THEREOF
JP2007211243A (en) 2007-02-07 2007-08-23 Showa Denko Kk Polymer of polymerizable compound
US20070205412A1 (en) 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Jae-Soon Bae Novel anthracene derivative and organic electronic device using the same
EP1834945A1 (en) 2005-01-05 2007-09-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent device using same
WO2007114358A1 (en) 2006-04-03 2007-10-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzanthracene derivative and organic electroluminescent device using the same
WO2007115610A1 (en) 2006-04-01 2007-10-18 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US20070252517A1 (en) 2006-04-27 2007-11-01 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device including an anthracene derivative
WO2007131582A1 (en) 2006-05-12 2007-11-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Indenofluorene polymer based organic semiconductor materials
EP1860097A1 (en) 2005-03-18 2007-11-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescence device utilizing the same
WO2007137725A1 (en) 2006-05-31 2007-12-06 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2007140847A1 (en) 2006-06-02 2007-12-13 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008006449A1 (en) 2006-07-11 2008-01-17 Merck Patent Gmbh Novel materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008009343A1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Copolymers of indenofluorene and thiophene
US7326371B2 (en) 2004-03-25 2008-02-05 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with anthracene derivative host
US20080102311A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2008-05-01 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Material for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element employing the same
US20080113101A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic-electroluminescence-material-containing solution, method for forming thin film of organic electroluminescence material, thin film of organic electroluminescence material and organic electroluminescence device
WO2008056746A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
EP1923448A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-21 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting diode including organic layer comprising organic metal complex
US7378162B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2008-05-27 Lg Electronics Inc. Organic electroluminescence devices using red phosphorescence compounds
DE102007002714A1 (en) 2007-01-18 2008-07-31 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US20080193796A1 (en) 2006-11-20 2008-08-14 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device
US20080231959A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2008-09-25 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Visibility Display Device Using an Index-Matching Scheme
WO2008146839A1 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
WO2008145239A2 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Merck Patent Gmbh Benzanthracene derivatives for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008149691A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
US20090061681A1 (en) 2007-09-05 2009-03-05 Mcmunigal Tom Electrical receptacle assembly
WO2009041635A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic el device
DE102008017591A1 (en) 2008-04-07 2009-10-08 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US20100016844A1 (en) * 2008-07-21 2010-01-21 Patel Jr Manoj B Transilluminating foley catheter to facilitate prostate and bladder surgery

Family Cites Families (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4234907A (en) * 1979-01-29 1980-11-18 Maurice Daniel Light emitting fabric
WO1996037001A1 (en) 1995-05-19 1996-11-21 Uniax Corporation Electrochemical light-emitting devices
US6251127B1 (en) * 1997-08-25 2001-06-26 Advanced Photodynamic Technologies, Inc. Dye treatment solution and photodynamic therapy and method of using same
IL122388A (en) * 1997-12-01 2004-05-12 Atlantium Lasers Ltd Method and device for disinfecting liquids or gases
US6873098B2 (en) * 1998-12-22 2005-03-29 Alton O. Christensen, Sr. Electroluminescent devices and displays with integrally fabricated address and logic devices fabricated by printing or weaving
US6229259B1 (en) * 1998-12-22 2001-05-08 Alton O. Christensen, Sr. Woven polymer fiber video displays with improved efficiency and economy of manufacture
US6616447B1 (en) * 2000-11-15 2003-09-09 Biolase Technology, Inc. Device for dental care and whitening
US20020074937A1 (en) * 2000-12-18 2002-06-20 Felix Guberman Flexible material for electrooptic displays
US6866678B2 (en) 2002-12-10 2005-03-15 Interbational Technology Center Phototherapeutic treatment methods and apparatus
US20060261329A1 (en) * 2004-03-24 2006-11-23 Michele Muccini Organic electroluminescence devices
GB2408209A (en) * 2003-11-18 2005-05-25 Qinetiq Ltd Flexible medical light source
US20060017059A1 (en) * 2004-07-21 2006-01-26 Eastman Kodak Company Packaged OLED light source
TWI268787B (en) * 2004-12-30 2006-12-21 Ind Tech Res Inst Light therapeutic device
US20060217787A1 (en) 2005-03-23 2006-09-28 Eastman Kodak Company Light therapy device
JP2008140786A (en) 2005-03-28 2008-06-19 Pioneer Electronic Corp Methods of manufacturing gate insulating film, organic transistor, and organic electroluminescent display device, and display
WO2007002989A1 (en) 2005-07-01 2007-01-11 Schefenacker Vision Systems Australia Pty Ltd Charge conducting medium
KR20080094718A (en) 2006-02-06 2008-10-23 코닌클리케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. Body cover, glasses and/or at least partial head cover, method for radiating at least part of a human body and use of a body cover
US20070251526A1 (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Marc Alan Zocher Treatment of airflow
KR100805038B1 (en) 2006-05-04 2008-02-20 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic Light Emitting Diode And Method For Preparing Thereof
US7582508B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2009-09-01 Byoung-Choo Park Method for manufacturing an organic semiconductor device that utilizes ionic salt
US20100010593A1 (en) * 2006-08-07 2010-01-14 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. System of plaster and radiation device
CN101198233A (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-11 奥斯兰姆奥普托半导体有限责任公司 Electric appliance
US8168963B2 (en) * 2007-01-19 2012-05-01 Ratcliffe William R System and methods for self-decontaminating a surface
US7687678B2 (en) * 2007-05-10 2010-03-30 Cisco Technology, Inc. Electronic bandage with flexible electronic controller
US8246666B2 (en) * 2008-11-04 2012-08-21 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Arkansas Phototherapy garment
US20100123385A1 (en) * 2008-11-18 2010-05-20 Willorage Rathna Perera Electroluminescent fibers, methods for their production, and products made using them
US8404273B2 (en) * 2009-04-24 2013-03-26 Old Dominion University Research Foundation Wound care system and bactericidal methods and devices

Patent Citations (217)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3180730A (en) 1959-04-09 1965-04-27 Azoplate Corp Material for electrophotographic purposes
US3526501A (en) 1967-02-03 1970-09-01 Eastman Kodak Co 4-diarylamino-substituted chalcone containing photoconductive compositions for use in electrophotography
US3567450A (en) 1968-02-20 1971-03-02 Eastman Kodak Co Photoconductive elements containing substituted triarylamine photoconductors
US3615404A (en) 1968-04-25 1971-10-26 Scott Paper Co 1 3-phenylenediamine containing photoconductive materials
US3717462A (en) 1969-07-28 1973-02-20 Canon Kk Heat treatment of an electrophotographic photosensitive member
US3615402A (en) 1969-10-01 1971-10-26 Eastman Kodak Co Tetra-substituted methanes as organic photoconductors
US4127412A (en) 1975-12-09 1978-11-28 Eastman Kodak Company Photoconductive compositions and elements
JPS54110837A (en) 1978-02-17 1979-08-30 Ricoh Co Ltd Electrophotographic photoreceptor
JPS5646234A (en) 1979-09-21 1981-04-27 Ricoh Co Ltd Electrophotographic receptor
US4356429A (en) 1980-07-17 1982-10-26 Eastman Kodak Company Organic electroluminescent cell
EP0119161A2 (en) 1983-02-10 1984-09-19 Ciba-Geigy Ag Benzazocinone and benzazoninone derivatives, process for their preparation, pharmaceutical preparations containing these compounds, and their therapeutical use
US4539507A (en) 1983-03-25 1985-09-03 Eastman Kodak Company Organic electroluminescent devices having improved power conversion efficiencies
US4603146A (en) 1984-05-16 1986-07-29 Kligman Albert M Methods for retarding the effects of aging of the skin
JPS61210363A (en) 1985-03-15 1986-09-18 Canon Inc Electrophotographic sensitive body
US4885221A (en) 1986-12-06 1989-12-05 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Electrophotography apparatus and electrophtographic process for developing positive image from positive or negative film
US4720432A (en) 1987-02-11 1988-01-19 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with organic luminescent medium
EP0278757B1 (en) 1987-02-11 1997-11-12 EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) Electroluminescent device with improved cathode
US4769292A (en) 1987-03-02 1988-09-06 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with modified thin film luminescent zone
JPS63295696A (en) 1987-05-27 1988-12-02 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Phosphor for cathode ray tube
US5121029A (en) 1987-12-11 1992-06-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Electroluminescence device having an organic electroluminescent element
JPH02282263A (en) 1988-12-09 1990-11-19 Nippon Oil Co Ltd Hole transferring material
JPH02204996A (en) 1989-02-01 1990-08-14 Nec Corp Organic film type el element
US5130603A (en) 1989-03-20 1992-07-14 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
US5077142A (en) 1989-04-20 1991-12-31 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Electroluminescent devices
US4950950A (en) 1989-05-18 1990-08-21 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with silazane-containing luminescent zone
EP0413528A1 (en) 1989-08-15 1991-02-20 Ruey J. Dr. Yu Amphoteric compositions and polymeric forms of alpha hydroxyacids, and their therapeutic use
US5061569A (en) 1990-07-26 1991-10-29 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with organic electroluminescent medium
JP2913116B2 (en) 1990-11-20 1999-06-28 株式会社リコー EL device
JPH04308688A (en) 1991-04-08 1992-10-30 Pioneer Electron Corp Organic electroluminescence element
WO1993010756A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Richardson-Vicks, Inc. Use of salicylic acid for regulating skin wrinkles and/or skin atrophy
WO1993010755A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Richardson-Vicks, Inc. Compositions for regulating skin wrinkles and/or skin atrophy
WO1993021842A1 (en) 1992-04-30 1993-11-11 Quadra Logic Technologies, Inc. High-power light-emitting diodes for photodynamic therapy
EP0569827A2 (en) 1992-05-11 1993-11-18 Idemitsu Kosan Company Limited Organic electroluminescence device
US5485355A (en) 1992-12-10 1996-01-16 Elam-Electroluminescent Industries Ltd. Electroluminescent light sources
US5529853A (en) 1993-03-17 1996-06-25 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent element
EP1162193A1 (en) 1993-09-29 2001-12-12 Idemitsu Kosan Company Limited Acrylenediamine derivatives and organic electroluminescence device containing the same
EP0650955A1 (en) 1993-11-01 1995-05-03 Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd. Amine compound and electro-luminescence device comprising same
EP0652273B1 (en) 1993-11-09 1998-02-11 Shinko Electric Industries Co. Ltd. Organic material for electroluminescent device and electroluminescent device
EP0676461A2 (en) 1994-04-07 1995-10-11 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Spiro compounds and their application as electroluminescence materials
EP0681019B1 (en) 1994-04-26 1999-09-01 TDK Corporation Phenylanthracene derivative and organic EL element
JPH0853397A (en) 1994-08-12 1996-02-27 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Diarylamine derivative, its production and use thereof
US5698866A (en) 1994-09-19 1997-12-16 Pdt Systems, Inc. Uniform illuminator for phototherapy
US5707745A (en) 1994-12-13 1998-01-13 The Trustees Of Princeton University Multicolor organic light emitting devices
US6548956B2 (en) 1994-12-13 2003-04-15 The Trustees Of Princeton University Transparent contacts for organic devices
US5703436A (en) 1994-12-13 1997-12-30 The Trustees Of Princeton University Transparent contacts for organic devices
US5608287A (en) 1995-02-23 1997-03-04 Eastman Kodak Company Conductive electron injector for light-emitting diodes
US6251531B1 (en) 1995-02-25 2001-06-26 Toyo Ink Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Light-emitting material for organic electroluminescence device, and organic electroluminescence device for which the light-emitting material is adapted
JPH08292586A (en) 1995-04-21 1996-11-05 Hodogaya Chem Co Ltd Electrophotographic photoreceptor
US5962631A (en) 1995-07-28 1999-10-05 The Dow Chemical Company 2, 7-aryl-9-substituted fluorenes and 9-substituted fluorene oligomers and polymers
US5876863A (en) 1995-12-22 1999-03-02 Add-Vision, Inc. Electroluminescent filament
US5776623A (en) 1996-07-29 1998-07-07 Eastman Kodak Company Transparent electron-injecting electrode for use in an electroluminescent device
US5776622A (en) 1996-07-29 1998-07-07 Eastman Kodak Company Bilayer eletron-injeting electrode for use in an electroluminescent device
US6602540B2 (en) 1996-08-12 2003-08-05 The Trustees Of Princeton University Fabrication of non-polymeric flexible organic light emitting devices
US5766779A (en) 1996-08-20 1998-06-16 Eastman Kodak Company Electron transporting materials for organic electroluminescent devices
DE19646119A1 (en) 1996-11-08 1998-05-14 Hoechst Ag Electroluminescent device
EP0891121A1 (en) 1996-12-28 1999-01-13 TDK Corporation Organic electroluminescent elements
US5844363A (en) 1997-01-23 1998-12-01 The Trustees Of Princeton Univ. Vacuum deposited, non-polymeric flexible organic light emitting devices
WO1998046130A1 (en) 1997-04-11 1998-10-22 Light Sciences Limited Partnership Method and pdt probe for minimizing ct and mri image artifacts
EP0908787B1 (en) 1997-10-02 2004-04-14 Xerox Corporation Indolocarbazole Photoconductors
EP0906948A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-07 Xerox Corporation Electroluminescent devices
EP0906947A1 (en) 1997-10-02 1999-04-07 Xerox Corporation Indolocarbazole electroluminescent devices
JP3148176B2 (en) 1998-04-15 2001-03-19 日本電気株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
US6137223A (en) 1998-07-28 2000-10-24 Eastman Kodak Company Electron-injecting layer formed from a dopant layer for organic light-emitting structure
US6140763A (en) 1998-07-28 2000-10-31 Eastman Kodak Company Interfacial electron-injecting layer formed from a doped cathode for organic light-emitting structure
US7399537B2 (en) 1998-09-09 2008-07-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and phenylenediamine derivative
EP1029909A1 (en) 1998-09-09 2000-08-23 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and phenylenediamine derivative
US6096066A (en) 1998-09-11 2000-08-01 Light Sciences Limited Partnership Conformal patch for administering light therapy to subcutaneous tumors
US6830828B2 (en) 1998-09-14 2004-12-14 The Trustees Of Princeton University Organometallic complexes as phosphorescent emitters in organic LEDs
US6576134B1 (en) 1998-10-20 2003-06-10 Erik Agner Method for displacement chromatography
US6208077B1 (en) 1998-11-05 2001-03-27 Eastman Kodak Company Organic electroluminescent device with a non-conductive fluorocarbon polymer layer
US6208075B1 (en) 1998-11-05 2001-03-27 Eastman Kodak Company Conductive fluorocarbon polymer and method of making same
EP1009044A2 (en) 1998-12-09 2000-06-14 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with anthracene derivatives hole transport layer
EP1009041A2 (en) 1998-12-09 2000-06-14 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with improved hole transport layer
US6020078A (en) 1998-12-18 2000-02-01 Eastman Kodak Company Green organic electroluminescent devices
US6127004A (en) 1999-01-29 2000-10-03 Eastman Kodak Company Forming an amorphous fluorocarbon layer in electroluminescent devices
WO2000070655A2 (en) 1999-05-13 2000-11-23 The Trustees Of Princeton University Very high efficiency organic light emitting devices based on electrophosphorescence
US6074071A (en) 1999-06-29 2000-06-13 Elam Electroluminescent Industries Ltd. Aquarium lighting system
WO2001021729A1 (en) 1999-09-21 2001-03-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence and organic luminous medium
WO2001041512A1 (en) 1999-12-01 2001-06-07 The Trustees Of Princeton University Complexes of form l2mx as phosphorescent dopants for organic leds
JP2001267080A (en) 2000-01-14 2001-09-28 Toray Ind Inc Light emission element
GB2360461A (en) 2000-03-23 2001-09-26 Photo Therapeutics Ltd Therapeutic light source and metho
EP1205527A1 (en) 2000-03-27 2002-05-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
US20030027016A1 (en) 2000-04-21 2003-02-06 Tdk Corporation Organic EL device
US20010053462A1 (en) 2000-05-02 2001-12-20 Masayuki Mishima Light-emitting device
WO2001093642A1 (en) 2000-05-30 2001-12-06 The Trustees Of Princeton University Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices
WO2002002714A2 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electroluminescent iridium compounds with fluorinated phenylpyridines, phenylpyrimidines, and phenylquinolines and devices made with such compounds
WO2002015645A1 (en) 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 The Trustees Of Princeton University Organometallic compounds and emission-shifting organic electrophosphorescence
US6538375B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2003-03-25 General Electric Company Oled fiber light source
EP1191614A2 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-03-27 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Luminescence device and metal coordination compound therefor
EP1191613A2 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-03-27 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Luminescence device, display apparatus and metal coordination compound
WO2002043449A1 (en) 2000-11-24 2002-05-30 Toray Industries, Inc. Luminescent element material and luminescent element comprising the same
US6562485B2 (en) 2001-01-26 2003-05-13 Xerox Corporation Electroluminescent (EL) devices
US7250532B2 (en) 2001-03-16 2007-07-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Method for producing aromatic amino compound
WO2002077060A1 (en) 2001-03-24 2002-10-03 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing spirobifluorene units and fluorene units, and the use thereof
US20040174116A1 (en) 2001-08-20 2004-09-09 Lu Min-Hao Michael Transparent electrodes
US20030068528A1 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-04-10 Thompson Mark E. Organic light emitting devices having carrier blocking layers comprising metal complexes
US7250226B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-07-31 Nippon Hoso Kyokai Phosphorescent compound, a phosphorescent composition and an organic light-emitting device
JP2007059939A (en) 2001-08-31 2007-03-08 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> Organic light emitting device and display unit
WO2003020790A2 (en) 2001-09-04 2003-03-13 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing spirobifluorene units and the use thereof
JP2003115387A (en) 2001-10-04 2003-04-18 Junji Kido Organic light emitting element and its manufacturing method
US6835469B2 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-12-28 The University Of Southern California Phosphorescent compounds and devices comprising the same
EP1444008A2 (en) 2001-11-17 2004-08-11 The University Court of the University of St Andrews Therapeutic light-emitting device
US20030099858A1 (en) 2001-11-27 2003-05-29 General Electric Company One Research Circle Environmentally-stable organic electroluminescent fibers
WO2003048225A2 (en) 2001-12-06 2003-06-12 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Process for producing aryl-aryl coupled compounds
US20030175553A1 (en) 2001-12-28 2003-09-18 Thompson Mark E. White light emitting oleds from combined monomer and aggregate emission
US6878469B2 (en) 2002-01-18 2005-04-12 Lg Chem, Ltd. Material for transporting electrons and organic electroluminescent display using the same
JP2003253145A (en) 2002-02-28 2003-09-10 Jsr Corp Light-emitting composition
JP2003338375A (en) 2002-03-14 2003-11-28 Tdk Corp Organic el element
EP1344788A1 (en) 2002-03-15 2003-09-17 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Conjugated polymer comprising dibenzothiophene- or dibenzofuran-units and their use in polymer LEDs
WO2003099901A1 (en) 2002-05-28 2003-12-04 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer and polymeric luminescent element comprising the same
US20040018383A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2004-01-29 Xerox Corporation Display device with anthracene and triazine derivatives
WO2004013073A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Anthracene derivatives and organic electroluminescent devices made by using the same
US20060043858A1 (en) 2002-08-23 2006-03-02 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and anthracene derivative
EP1551206A1 (en) 2002-10-09 2005-07-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device
US20060061265A1 (en) 2002-11-06 2006-03-23 Hisayuki Kawamura Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent element employing the same
WO2004041901A1 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-05-21 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Aryl-substituted polyindenofluorenes for use in organic electroluminiscent devices
JP2004200162A (en) 2002-12-05 2004-07-15 Toray Ind Inc Light emitting element
WO2004052238A2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2004-06-24 University Of Florida Phototherapy bandage
WO2004058911A2 (en) 2002-12-23 2004-07-15 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Organic electroluminescent element
DE10304819A1 (en) 2003-02-06 2004-08-19 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Carbazole-containing conjugated polymers and blends, their preparation and use
WO2004081017A1 (en) 2003-03-11 2004-09-23 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Metal complexes
US20060147747A1 (en) 2003-03-13 2006-07-06 Hiroshi Yamamoto Nitrogen-containing heterocycle derivative and organic electroluminescent element using the same
JP2004288381A (en) 2003-03-19 2004-10-14 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Organic electroluminescent element
WO2004084260A2 (en) 2003-03-20 2004-09-30 Cambridge Display Technology Limited Electroluminescent device
JP2004311184A (en) 2003-04-04 2004-11-04 Junji Kido Electron transportation material formed of multinucleate phenanthroline derivative, charge control material, and organic luminescent element using them
EP1469533A2 (en) 2003-04-14 2004-10-20 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki Organic electroluminescent element that supresses generation of ultraviolet light and lighting system that has organic electroluminescent element
WO2004093207A2 (en) 2003-04-15 2004-10-28 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Mixtures of matrix materials and organic semiconductors capable of emission, use of the same and electronic components containing said mixtures
US20040209115A1 (en) 2003-04-21 2004-10-21 Thompson Mark E. Organic light emitting devices with wide gap host materials
US20040209116A1 (en) 2003-04-21 2004-10-21 Xiaofan Ren Organic light emitting devices with wide gap host materials
EP1617710A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2006-01-18 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Material for organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent device, illuminating device and display
EP1617711A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2006-01-18 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device and display
EP1478032A2 (en) 2003-05-16 2004-11-17 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki Light emitting diode method for forming the same
EP1480280A2 (en) 2003-05-23 2004-11-24 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki Organic electroluminescent device and method for manufacturing the same
US6914269B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2005-07-05 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Electron injection composition for light emitting element, light emitting element, and light emitting device
WO2004113412A2 (en) 2003-06-23 2004-12-29 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Polymer
DE10328627A1 (en) 2003-06-26 2005-02-17 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh New materials for electroluminescence
WO2005003253A2 (en) 2003-07-07 2005-01-13 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Mixtures of organic emissive semiconductors and matrix materials, their use and electronic components comprising said materials
WO2005014689A2 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-02-17 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing dihydrophenanthrene units and use thereof
DE10337346A1 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-03-31 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Conjugated polymers containing dihydrophenanthrene units and their use
DE10343606A1 (en) 2003-09-20 2005-04-14 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh White-emitting copolymers, their preparation and use
WO2005033244A1 (en) 2003-09-29 2005-04-14 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Metal complexes
JP2005108556A (en) 2003-09-29 2005-04-21 Tdk Corp Organic el element and organic el display
WO2005039246A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-04-28 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device, illuminating device, and display
US20050069729A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2005-03-31 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent element, illuminator, display and compound
WO2005033174A1 (en) 2003-10-01 2005-04-14 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer light-emitting material and polymer light-emitting device
DE10349033A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-25 Covion Organic Semiconductors Gmbh Organic semiconductor, for use in organic LEDs and solar cells and laser diodes, contains a polymer and structural units which emit light from the triplet state and a triplet emitter
WO2005040302A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-05-06 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for electroluminescence and the utilization thereof
US6824895B1 (en) 2003-12-05 2004-11-30 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device containing organometallic compound with tridentate ligand
US7029766B2 (en) 2003-12-05 2006-04-18 Eastman Kodak Company Organic element for electroluminescent devices
WO2005056633A1 (en) 2003-12-12 2005-06-23 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Polymer compound and polymer light-emitting device using same
WO2005061656A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-07 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Light-emitting material for organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent device using same, and material for organic electroluminescent device
WO2005084082A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electronic devices
WO2005084081A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electronic devices
WO2005091373A1 (en) 2004-03-22 2005-09-29 Rohm Co., Ltd Organic semiconductor element and organic el display device using the same
US7326371B2 (en) 2004-03-25 2008-02-05 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with anthracene derivative host
JP2005285661A (en) 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Tdk Corp Organic el element and organic el display
EP1731584A1 (en) 2004-03-31 2006-12-13 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device material, organic electroluminescent device, display and illuminating device
WO2005104264A1 (en) 2004-04-26 2005-11-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Electroluminescent polymers and use therof
WO2005111172A2 (en) 2004-05-11 2005-11-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Novel material mixtures for use in electroluminescence
WO2005113704A2 (en) 2004-05-18 2005-12-01 The University Of Southern California Luminescent compounds with carbene ligands
CN1583691A (en) 2004-06-04 2005-02-23 友达光电股份有限公司 Anthracene compound and organic electroluminescent apparatus containing it
JP2005347160A (en) 2004-06-04 2005-12-15 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Organic electroluminescent element, lighting device, and display device
WO2006000389A1 (en) 2004-06-26 2006-01-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for organic electronic devices
WO2006000388A1 (en) 2004-06-26 2006-01-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device
WO2006052457A2 (en) 2004-11-03 2006-05-18 Sumation Co.Ltd. New class of bridged biphenylene polymers
WO2006048268A1 (en) 2004-11-06 2006-05-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device
EP1661888A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-05-31 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Phenylcarbazole-based compound and organic electroluminescent device employing the same
WO2006058737A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for organic electronic devices
WO2006063852A1 (en) 2004-12-18 2006-06-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Electroluminescent polymers and use thereof
EP1834945A1 (en) 2005-01-05 2007-09-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent device using same
US7378162B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2008-05-27 Lg Electronics Inc. Organic electroluminescence devices using red phosphorescence compounds
US20060210830A1 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-09-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescence device using the same
EP1860097A1 (en) 2005-03-18 2007-11-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescence device utilizing the same
US20060222886A1 (en) 2005-04-04 2006-10-05 Raymond Kwong Arylpyrene compounds
WO2006118345A1 (en) 2005-04-28 2006-11-09 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited High-molecular compounds and high-molecular luminescent devices made by using the same
WO2006117052A1 (en) 2005-05-03 2006-11-09 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device and boric acid and borinic acid derivatives used therein
WO2006122630A1 (en) 2005-05-20 2006-11-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Compounds for organic electronic devices
US20080231959A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2008-09-25 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Visibility Display Device Using an Index-Matching Scheme
WO2007043495A1 (en) 2005-10-07 2007-04-19 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Copolymer and polymer light emitting devices made by using the same
US20070087219A1 (en) 2005-10-19 2007-04-19 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device
US20070092755A1 (en) 2005-10-26 2007-04-26 Eastman Kodak Company Organic element for low voltage electroluminescent devices
US20070092753A1 (en) 2005-10-26 2007-04-26 Eastman Kodak Company Organic element for low voltage electroluminescent devices
US20070122656A1 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-05-31 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device containing an anthracene derivative
WO2007063754A1 (en) 2005-12-01 2007-06-07 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element
WO2007065549A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent devices
EP1957606A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2008-08-20 Merck Patent GmbH Novel materials for organic electroluminiescent devices
WO2007065678A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Novel materials for organic electroluminiescent devices
DE102005058557A1 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device
US20070134514A1 (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-14 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent host material
JP2007197574A (en) 2006-01-26 2007-08-09 Showa Denko Kk Polymeric luminescent material, organic electroluminescence element and display device
EP1818077A1 (en) 2006-02-03 2007-08-15 WaveLight AG Phototherapy device for treating the skin
WO2007095118A2 (en) 2006-02-10 2007-08-23 Universal Display Corporation METAL COMPLEXES OF CYCLOMETALLATED IMIDAZO[1,2-f]PHENANTHRIDINE AND DIIMIDAZO[1,2-A:1',2'-C]QUINAZOLINE LIGANDS AND ISOELECTRONIC AND BENZANNULATED ANALOGS THEREOF
US20070205412A1 (en) 2006-03-06 2007-09-06 Jae-Soon Bae Novel anthracene derivative and organic electronic device using the same
WO2007115610A1 (en) 2006-04-01 2007-10-18 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2007114358A1 (en) 2006-04-03 2007-10-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzanthracene derivative and organic electroluminescent device using the same
US20070273272A1 (en) 2006-04-03 2007-11-29 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzanthracene derivative and electroluminescence device using the same
US20070252517A1 (en) 2006-04-27 2007-11-01 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device including an anthracene derivative
WO2007131582A1 (en) 2006-05-12 2007-11-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Indenofluorene polymer based organic semiconductor materials
WO2007137725A1 (en) 2006-05-31 2007-12-06 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2007140847A1 (en) 2006-06-02 2007-12-13 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008006449A1 (en) 2006-07-11 2008-01-17 Merck Patent Gmbh Novel materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008009343A1 (en) 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Merck Patent Gmbh Copolymers of indenofluorene and thiophene
US20080102311A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2008-05-01 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Material for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element employing the same
EP1923448A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-21 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting diode including organic layer comprising organic metal complex
WO2008056746A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
US20080113101A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic-electroluminescence-material-containing solution, method for forming thin film of organic electroluminescence material, thin film of organic electroluminescence material and organic electroluminescence device
US20080193796A1 (en) 2006-11-20 2008-08-14 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device
DE102007002714A1 (en) 2007-01-18 2008-07-31 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
JP2007211243A (en) 2007-02-07 2007-08-23 Showa Denko Kk Polymer of polymerizable compound
WO2008145239A2 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Merck Patent Gmbh Benzanthracene derivatives for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008146839A1 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
DE102007024850A1 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
WO2008149691A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
US20090061681A1 (en) 2007-09-05 2009-03-05 Mcmunigal Tom Electrical receptacle assembly
WO2009041635A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic el device
DE102008017591A1 (en) 2008-04-07 2009-10-08 Merck Patent Gmbh New materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US20100016844A1 (en) * 2008-07-21 2010-01-21 Patel Jr Manoj B Transilluminating foley catheter to facilitate prostate and bladder surgery

Non-Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Recent progress of molecular organic electroluminescent materials and devices", MAT. SCI. AND ENG. R, vol. 39, 2002, pages 143 - 222
ADACHI ET AL., APPL. PHYS. LETT., vol. 78, 2001, pages 1622 - 1624
ATTILI ET AL., BR. J. DERMATOL., vol. 161, no. 1, 2009, pages 170 - 173
BALDO ET AL., NATURE, vol. 395, 1998, pages 151 - 154
BALDO, THOMPSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 403, 2000, pages 750 - 753
BRENNDAN O'CONNOR ET AL., ADV. MATER., vol. 19, 2007, pages 3897 - 3900
C.H. CHEN ET AL.: "Recent developments in organic electroluminescent materials", MACROMOL. SYMP., vol. 125, 1997, pages 1 - 48, XP000891579
J. KIDO ET AL., APPL. PHYS. LETT., vol. 65, 1994, pages 2124
JOHNSON ET AL., JACS, vol. 105, 1983, pages 1795
KIDO ET AL., CHEM. LETT., vol. 657, 1990
MA ET AL., SYNTH. METALS, vol. 94, 1998, pages 245
P. ERK ET AL., SID, vol. 11, no. 2, 2006, pages 131
P. U. GIACOMONI ET AL., BIOGERONTOLOGY, vol. 2, 2004, pages 219 - 229
R. H. FRIEND, J. MOL. ELECTRONICS, vol. 4, 1988, pages 37 - 46
SYNTH. METALS, vol. 91, no. 1-3, 1997, pages 209
WRIGHTON, JACS, vol. 96, 1974, pages 998

Cited By (59)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012149992A1 (en) 2011-05-04 2012-11-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Device for preserving fresh goods
US9385337B2 (en) 2012-01-30 2016-07-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Nanocrystals on fibers
WO2013113349A1 (en) * 2012-01-30 2013-08-08 Merck Patent Gmbh Nanocrystals on fibers
CN104081553A (en) * 2012-01-30 2014-10-01 默克专利有限公司 Nanocrystals on fibers
CN102623516A (en) * 2012-04-01 2012-08-01 东华大学 Flexible knittable solar cell with single line structure and preparation method thereof
WO2013174471A1 (en) * 2012-05-24 2013-11-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Metal complexes comprising condensed heteroaromatic rings
US9879177B2 (en) 2012-05-24 2018-01-30 Merck Patent Gmbh Metal complexes comprising condensed heteroaromatic rings
JP2015520166A (en) * 2012-05-24 2015-07-16 メルク パテント ゲーエムベーハー Metal complexes containing fused heterocyclic aromatic rings
US10056548B2 (en) 2012-10-12 2018-08-21 Merck Patent Gmbh Emitter and hosts with aromatic units
JP2016502258A (en) * 2012-10-12 2016-01-21 メルク パテント ゲーエムベーハー Emitters and hosts containing aromatic units
WO2014082705A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Merck Patent Gmbh Electronic device
US11083619B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-08-10 Carewear Corp. Organic LED light and ultrasonic transducer device in a flexible layer configuration with electrical stimulation
US9561357B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-02-07 Sonovia Holdings Llc Light and ultrasonic transducer device for skin therapy
US9061128B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-06-23 Sonovia Holdings Llc Light and/or ultrasonic transducer device with sensor feedback for dose control
EP3069761A4 (en) * 2013-11-14 2017-10-11 St. Marianna University School of Medicine Carbon monoxide poisoning resolving device, jacket for carbon monoxide poisoning treatment having said device, and catheter for carbon monoxide poisoning treatment
US10840450B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2020-11-17 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Polymer, and mixture or formulation, and organic electronic device containing same, and monomer thereof
US10323180B2 (en) 2014-12-04 2019-06-18 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Deuterated organic compound, mixture and composition containing said compound, and organic electronic device
US10510967B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2019-12-17 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic compound, and mixture, formulation and organic device comprising the same
US10573827B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2020-02-25 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronics Materials Ltd. Organic metal complex, and polymer, mixture, composition and organic electronic device containing same and use thereof
US10364316B2 (en) 2015-01-13 2019-07-30 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronics Materials Ltd. Conjugated polymer containing ethynyl crosslinking group, mixture, formulation, organic electronic device containing the same and application therof
US10953236B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2021-03-23 The General Hospital Corporation System and method for phototherapy for preventing or treating carbon monoxide poisoning
JP2018515258A (en) * 2015-05-18 2018-06-14 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレイション Phototherapy system and method for prevention or treatment of carbon monoxide poisoning
US11826580B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2023-11-28 The General Hospital Corporation System and method for phototherapy for preventing or treating carbon monoxide poisoning
US11555128B2 (en) 2015-11-12 2023-01-17 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Printing composition, electronic device comprising same and preparation method for functional material thin film
US10968243B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2021-04-06 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organometallic complex and application thereof in electronic devices
US10639498B2 (en) 2016-05-26 2020-05-05 Carewear Corp. Photoeradication of microorganisms with pulsed purple or blue light
US11512039B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-11-29 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Aromatic amine derivatives, preparation methods therefor, and uses thereof
WO2018095381A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Printing ink composition, preparation method therefor, and uses thereof
US11447496B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-09-20 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Nitrogen-containing fused heterocyclic ring compound and application thereof
WO2018095392A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic mixture, composition, and organic electronic component
WO2018095395A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 High polymer, mixture containing same, composition, organic electronic component, and monomer for polymerization
US11634444B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2023-04-25 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Metal organic complex, high polymer, composition, and organic electronic component
US11518723B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-12-06 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Fused ring compound, high polymer, mixture, composition and organic electronic component
US11239428B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-02-01 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Boron-containing organic compound and applications thereof, organic mixture, and organic electronic device
US11248138B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-02-15 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Printing ink formulations, preparation methods and uses thereof
US10804470B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2020-10-13 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd Organic compound
US11453745B2 (en) 2016-11-23 2022-09-27 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. High polymer, mixture containing same, composition, organic electronic component, and monomer for polymerization
US11672174B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2023-06-06 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Pyrene-triazine derivative and applications thereof in organic electronic component
US10978642B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2021-04-13 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Mixture, composition and organic electronic device
US11161933B2 (en) 2016-12-13 2021-11-02 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Conjugated polymer and use thereof in organic electronic device
US11289654B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-03-29 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Polymers containing furanyl crosslinkable groups and uses thereof
US11404644B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-08-02 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic functional compounds, mixtures, formulations, organic functional thin films and preparation methods therefor and organic electronic devices
US11292875B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-04-05 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Cross-linkable polymer based on Diels-Alder reaction and use thereof in organic electronic device
WO2018113785A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Polymer containing furan crosslinking group and use thereof
US11674080B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2023-06-13 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Transition metal complex, polymer, mixture, formulation and use thereof
US11404651B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2022-08-02 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Transition metal complex material and application thereof in electronic devices
US11594690B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2023-02-28 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organometallic complex, and polymer, mixture and formulation comprising same, and use thereof in electronic device
US11680059B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2023-06-20 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic mixture and application thereof in organic electronic devices
US11020605B2 (en) 2018-05-29 2021-06-01 Carewear Corp. Method and system for irradiating tissue with pulsed blue and red light to reduce muscle fatigue, enhance wound healing and tissue repair, and reduce pain
WO2021135841A1 (en) 2019-12-30 2021-07-08 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic electroluminescence device and aromatic compound containing fused-ring
WO2023284352A1 (en) 2021-07-12 2023-01-19 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic compound containing heterocyclic ring, and mixture and organic electronic device
DE112022002893T5 (en) 2021-07-12 2024-03-21 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic compound containing heterocycle, mixture, and organic electronic device
WO2023065614A1 (en) 2021-10-18 2023-04-27 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Metal complex, mixture, composition, and organic electronic component
DE112022002907T5 (en) 2021-10-18 2024-03-21 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Metal complex, mixture, composition and organic electronic device
WO2023071073A1 (en) 2021-11-01 2023-05-04 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Arylamine organic compound and use thereof
DE112022005238T5 (en) 2021-11-01 2024-09-05 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. ORGANIC ARYLAMINE COMPOUND AND USE THEREOF
WO2023077726A1 (en) 2021-11-03 2023-05-11 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Organic compound, light extraction layer material, and organic electronic device
DE112022005267T5 (en) 2021-11-03 2024-08-14 Guangzhou Chinaray Optoelectronic Materials Ltd. Organic compound, material for light-coupling layer, and organic electronic device
DE102023126485A1 (en) 2023-03-23 2024-09-26 Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. Organic boron-nitrogen compound, organic electronic device and electronic apparatus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US9539438B2 (en) 2017-01-10
JP2016193208A (en) 2016-11-17
KR20130020883A (en) 2013-03-04
US20170100607A1 (en) 2017-04-13
JP6246468B2 (en) 2017-12-13
EP2544765A1 (en) 2013-01-16
US20130006119A1 (en) 2013-01-03
JP2013524864A (en) 2013-06-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9539438B2 (en) Fibers in therapy and cosmetics
US9373807B2 (en) Radiative fibers
EP2510072B1 (en) Therapeutic and cosmetic electroluminescent compositions
EP2675524B1 (en) Device and method for treatment of cells and cell tissue
US9385337B2 (en) Nanocrystals on fibers
KR101720828B1 (en) Nanocrystals in devices

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11704723

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011704723

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13634101

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2012556400

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20127026665

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A